src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73         wxASSERT( attr );
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  77         : coords(other.coords),
  78           attr(other.attr)
  79     {
  80         attr->IncRef();
  81     }
  82
  83     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  84     {
  85         coords = other.coords;
  86         if (attr != other.attr)
  87         {
  88             attr->DecRef();
  89             attr = other.attr;
  90             attr->IncRef();
  91         }
  92         return *this;
  93     }
  94
  95     void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr)
  96     {
  97         if (attr != new_attr)
  98         {
  99             // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute.
 100             attr->DecRef();
 101             attr = new_attr;
 102             // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef.
 103         }
 104     }
 105
 106     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
 107     {
 108         attr->DecRef();
 109     }
 110
 111     wxGridCellCoords coords;
 112     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 113 };
 114
 115 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 116                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 117
 118 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 119
 120 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 121 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 122
 123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 124 // events
 125 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 126
 127 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 128 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 129 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 130 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 131 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 132 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 133 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 134 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 135 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 136 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 137 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 138 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 139 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 140 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 141 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 142 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 143 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 144 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 145
 146 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 147 // private classes
 148 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 149
 150 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 151 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 152 {
 153 public:
 154     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 155     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 156                     wxWindowID id,
 157                     const wxPoint& pos,
 158                     const wxSize& size,
 159                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 160                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 161         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 162                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 163                    name)
 164     {
 165         m_owner = owner;
 166     }
 167
 168     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 169
 170     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 171
 172 protected:
 173     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 174
 175     wxGrid *m_owner;
 176
 177     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 178     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 179 };
 180
 181 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 182 {
 183 public:
 184     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 185     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 186                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 187
 188 private:
 189     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 190     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 191     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 192
 193     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 194     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 195     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 196 };
 197
 198
 199 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 200 {
 201 public:
 202     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 203     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 204                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 205
 206 private:
 207     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 208     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 209     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 210
 211     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 212     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 213     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 214 };
 215
 216
 217 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 218 {
 219 public:
 220     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 221     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 222                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 223
 224 private:
 225     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 226     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 227     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 228
 229     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 230     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 231     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 232 };
 233
 234 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 235 {
 236 public:
 237     wxGridWindow()
 238     {
 239         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 240         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 241     }
 242
 243     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 244                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 245                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 246                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 247
 248     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 249
 250     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 251
 252 private:
 253     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 254     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 255
 256     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 257     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 258     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 259     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 260     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 261     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 262     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 263     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 264
 265     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 266     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 267     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 268 };
 269
 270
 271 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 272 {
 273 public:
 274     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 275         : m_grid(grid),
 276           m_editor(editor),
 277           m_inSetFocus(false)
 278     {
 279     }
 280
 281     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 282     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 283     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 284
 285     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 286
 287 private:
 288     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 289     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 290
 291     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 292     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 293     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 294
 295     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 296     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 297     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 298 };
 299
 300
 301 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 302
 303 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 304     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 305     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 306     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 307 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 308
 309
 310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 311 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 313
 314 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 315 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 316 {
 317 public:
 318     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 319     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 320     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 321     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 322
 323 private:
 324     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 325     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 326
 327     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 328 };
 329
 330 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 331 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 332 {
 333 public:
 334     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 335     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 336     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 337
 338     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 339     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 340     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 341
 342 private:
 343     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 344     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 345 };
 346
 347 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 348 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 349 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 350 {
 351 public:
 352     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 353     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 354                            m_colAttrs;
 355 };
 356
 357
 358 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 359 // data structures used for the data type registry
 360 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 361
 362 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 363 {
 364     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 365                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 366                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 367         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 368         {}
 369
 370     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 371     {
 372         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 373         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 374     }
 375
 376     wxString            m_typeName;
 377     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 378     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 379
 380     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 381 };
 382
 383
 384 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 385                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 386
 387
 388 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 389 {
 390 public:
 391   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 392     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 393
 394     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 395                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 396                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 397
 398     // find one of already registered data types
 399     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 400
 401     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 402     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 403     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 404
 405     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 406     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 407     // registered data type and set params for it
 408     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 409
 410     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 411     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 412
 413 private:
 414     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 415 };
 416
 417
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // conditional compilation
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 423 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 424 #endif
 425
 426 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 427 // globals
 428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 429
 430 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 431 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 432     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 433     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 434 #endif
 435
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // constants
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 441 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 442
 443 // scroll line size
 444 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 445 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 446 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 447 //
 448 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 449 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 450 //       -- Robin
 451 //
 452 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 453 //       fixing anyhow
 454 //       -- Vadim
 455 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 456 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 457
 458 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 459 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 460 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 461
 462 #if 0
 463 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 464 // private functions
 465 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 466
 467 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 468 {
 469     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 470 }
 471
 472 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 473 {
 474     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 475 }
 476 #endif
 477
 478 // ============================================================================
 479 // implementation
 480 // ============================================================================
 481
 482 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 483 // wxGridCellEditor
 484 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 485
 486 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 487 {
 488     m_control = NULL;
 489     m_attr = NULL;
 490 }
 491
 492 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 493 {
 494     Destroy();
 495 }
 496
 497 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 498                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 499                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 500 {
 501     if ( evtHandler )
 502         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 503 }
 504
 505 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 506                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 509     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 510     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 511     if (gridWindow)
 512         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 513
 514     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 515     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 516     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 517
 518     // redraw the control we just painted over
 519     m_control->Refresh();
 520 }
 521
 522 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 523 {
 524     if (m_control)
 525     {
 526         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 527
 528         m_control->Destroy();
 529         m_control = NULL;
 530     }
 531 }
 532
 533 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 534 {
 535     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 536
 537     m_control->Show(show);
 538
 539     if ( show )
 540     {
 541         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 542         if ( attr )
 543         {
 544             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 545             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 546
 547             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 548             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 549
 550 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 551 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 552             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 553             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 554 #endif
 555
 556             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 557             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 558         }
 559     }
 560     else
 561     {
 562         // restore the standard colours fonts
 563         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 564         {
 565             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 566             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 567         }
 568
 569         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 570         {
 571             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 572             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 573         }
 574
 575 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 576 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 577         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 578         {
 579             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 580             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 581         }
 582 #endif
 583     }
 584 }
 585
 586 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 587 {
 588     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 589
 590     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 591 }
 592
 593 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 594 {
 595     event.Skip();
 596 }
 597
 598 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 599 {
 600     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 601     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 602
 603 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 604     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 605     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 606     alt = event.MetaDown();
 607 #endif
 608
 609     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 610     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 611     // through in that case.
 612     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 613         return false;
 614
 615     int key = 0;
 616     bool keyOk = true;
 617
 618 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 619     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 620     // editor.
 621     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 622         return false;
 623 #endif
 624 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 625     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 626     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 627     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 628     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 629     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 630     if (key <= 127)
 631     {
 632         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 633         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 634     }
 635 #else
 636     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 637     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 638 #endif
 639
 640     return keyOk;
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 644 {
 645     event.Skip();
 646 }
 647
 648 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 649 {
 650 }
 651
 652 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 653
 654 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 655 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 656 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 657
 658 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 659 {
 660     m_maxChars = 0;
 661 }
 662
 663 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 664                                   wxWindowID id,
 665                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 666 {
 667     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 668 }
 669
 670 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 671                                     wxWindowID id,
 672                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 673                                     long style)
 674 {
 675     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER;
 676
 677     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 678                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 679                                style);
 680
 681     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 682     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 683     {
 684         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 685     }
 686
 687     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 688 }
 689
 690 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 691                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 692 {
 693     // as we fill the entire client area,
 694     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 695 }
 696
 697 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 698 {
 699     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 700
 701     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 702     //
 703     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 704     //
 705 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 706     if (rect.x != 0)
 707     {
 708         rect.x += 1;
 709         rect.y += 1;
 710         rect.width -= 1;
 711         rect.height -= 1;
 712     }
 713 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 714     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 715         rect.x += 2;
 716     else
 717         rect.x += 3;
 718
 719     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 720         rect.y += 2;
 721     else
 722         rect.y += 3;
 723
 724     rect.width -= 2;
 725     rect.height -= 2;
 726 #else
 727     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 728     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 729
 730     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 731         extra_x *= 2;
 732         extra_y *= 2;
 733     #endif
 734
 735     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 736     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 737     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 738     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 739 #endif
 740
 741     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 742 }
 743
 744 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 745 {
 746     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 747
 748     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 749
 750     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 751 }
 752
 753 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 754 {
 755     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 756     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 757     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 758     Text()->SetFocus();
 759 }
 760
 761 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 762 {
 763     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 764
 765     bool changed = false;
 766     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 767     if (value != m_startValue)
 768         changed = true;
 769
 770     if (changed)
 771         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 772
 773     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 774
 775     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 776     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 777
 778     return changed;
 779 }
 780
 781 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 782 {
 783     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 784
 785     DoReset(m_startValue);
 786 }
 787
 788 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 789 {
 790     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 791     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 792 }
 793
 794 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 795 {
 796     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 797 }
 798
 799 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 800 {
 801     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 802     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 803     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 804     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 805
 806     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 807     wxChar ch;
 808     long pos;
 809
 810 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 811     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 812     if (ch <= 127)
 813         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 814 #else
 815     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 816 #endif
 817
 818     switch (ch)
 819     {
 820         case WXK_DELETE:
 821             // delete the character at the cursor
 822             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 823             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 824                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 825             break;
 826
 827         case WXK_BACK:
 828             // delete the character before the cursor
 829             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 830             if (pos > 0)
 831                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 832             break;
 833
 834         default:
 835             tc->WriteText(ch);
 836             break;
 837     }
 838 }
 839
 840 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 841                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 842 {
 843 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 844     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 845     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 846     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 847     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 848     Text()->SetValue(s);
 849     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 850 #else
 851     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 852     //
 853     event.Skip();
 854 #endif
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 858 {
 859     if ( !params )
 860     {
 861         // reset to default
 862         m_maxChars = 0;
 863     }
 864     else
 865     {
 866         long tmp;
 867         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 868         {
 869             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 870         }
 871         else
 872         {
 873             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 874         }
 875     }
 876 }
 877
 878 // return the value in the text control
 879 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 880 {
 881     return Text()->GetValue();
 882 }
 883
 884 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 885 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 886 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 887
 888 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 889 {
 890     m_min = min;
 891     m_max = max;
 892 }
 893
 894 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 895                                     wxWindowID id,
 896                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 897 {
 898 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 899     if ( HasRange() )
 900     {
 901         // create a spin ctrl
 902         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 903                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 904                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 905                                    m_min, m_max);
 906
 907         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 908     }
 909     else
 910 #endif
 911     {
 912         // just a text control
 913         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 914
 915 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 916         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 917 #endif
 918     }
 919 }
 920
 921 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 922 {
 923     // first get the value
 924     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 925     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 926     {
 927         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 928     }
 929     else
 930     {
 931         m_valueOld = 0;
 932         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 933         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 934         {
 935             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 936             return;
 937         }
 938     }
 939
 940 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 941     if ( HasRange() )
 942     {
 943         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 944         Spin()->SetFocus();
 945     }
 946     else
 947 #endif
 948     {
 949         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 950     }
 951 }
 952
 953 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 954                                      wxGrid* grid)
 955 {
 956     bool changed;
 957     long value = 0;
 958     wxString text;
 959
 960 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 961     if ( HasRange() )
 962     {
 963         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 964         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 965         if (changed)
 966             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 967     }
 968     else
 969 #endif
 970     {
 971         text = Text()->GetValue();
 972         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 973     }
 974
 975     if ( changed )
 976     {
 977         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 978             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 979         else
 980             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 981     }
 982
 983     return changed;
 984 }
 985
 986 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 987 {
 988 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 989     if ( HasRange() )
 990     {
 991         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 992     }
 993     else
 994 #endif
 995     {
 996         DoReset(GetString());
 997     }
 998 }
 999
1000 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1001 {
1002     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1003     {
1004         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1005         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1006              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
1007         {
1008             return true;
1009         }
1010     }
1011
1012     return false;
1013 }
1014
1015 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1016 {
1017     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1018     if ( !HasRange() )
1019     {
1020         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1021         {
1022             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1023
1024             // skip Skip() below
1025             return;
1026         }
1027     }
1028 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1029     else
1030     {
1031         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1032         {
1033             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1034             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1035             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1036             return;
1037         }
1038     }
1039 #endif
1040
1041     event.Skip();
1042 }
1043
1044 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1045 {
1046     if ( !params )
1047     {
1048         // reset to default
1049         m_min =
1050         m_max = -1;
1051     }
1052     else
1053     {
1054         long tmp;
1055         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1056         {
1057             m_min = (int)tmp;
1058
1059             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1060             {
1061                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1062
1063                 // skip the error message below
1064                 return;
1065             }
1066         }
1067
1068         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1069     }
1070 }
1071
1072 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1073 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1074 {
1075     wxString s;
1076
1077 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1078     if ( HasRange() )
1079     {
1080         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1081         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1082     }
1083     else
1084 #endif
1085     {
1086         s = Text()->GetValue();
1087     }
1088
1089     return s;
1090 }
1091
1092 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1093 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1094 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1095
1096 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1097 {
1098     m_width = width;
1099     m_precision = precision;
1100 }
1101
1102 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1103                                    wxWindowID id,
1104                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1105 {
1106     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1107
1108 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1109     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1110 #endif
1111 }
1112
1113 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1114 {
1115     // first get the value
1116     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1117     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1118     {
1119         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1120     }
1121     else
1122     {
1123         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1124
1125         const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col);
1126         if ( !value.empty() )
1127         {
1128             if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) )
1129             {
1130                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1131                 return;
1132             }
1133         }
1134     }
1135
1136     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1137 }
1138
1139 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1140 {
1141     const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()),
1142                    textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1143
1144     double value;
1145     if ( !text.empty() )
1146     {
1147         if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) )
1148             return false;
1149     }
1150     else // new value is empty string
1151     {
1152         if ( textOld.empty() )
1153             return false;           // nothing changed
1154
1155         value = 0.;
1156     }
1157
1158     // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting
1159     // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0.
1160     if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) && !text.empty() && !textOld.empty() )
1161         return false;           // nothing changed
1162
1163     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1164
1165     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1166         table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1167     else
1168         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1169
1170     return true;
1171 }
1172
1173 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1174 {
1175     DoReset(GetString());
1176 }
1177
1178 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1179 {
1180     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1181     char tmpbuf[2];
1182     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1183     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1184     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1185
1186 #if wxUSE_INTL
1187     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1188        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1189 #else
1190     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1191 #endif
1192
1193     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1194          || is_decimal_point )
1195     {
1196         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1197
1198         // skip Skip() below
1199         return;
1200     }
1201
1202     event.Skip();
1203 }
1204
1205 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1206 {
1207     if ( !params )
1208     {
1209         // reset to default
1210         m_width =
1211         m_precision = -1;
1212     }
1213     else
1214     {
1215         long tmp;
1216         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1217         {
1218             m_width = (int)tmp;
1219
1220             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1221             {
1222                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1223
1224                 // skip the error message below
1225                 return;
1226             }
1227         }
1228
1229         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1230     }
1231 }
1232
1233 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1234 {
1235     wxString fmt;
1236     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1237     {
1238         // default precision
1239         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1240     }
1241     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1242     {
1243         // default width
1244         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1245     }
1246     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1247     {
1248         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1249     }
1250     else
1251     {
1252         // default width/precision
1253         fmt = _T("%f");
1254     }
1255
1256     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1257 }
1258
1259 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1260 {
1261     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1262     {
1263         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1264         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1265         {
1266             char tmpbuf[2];
1267             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1268             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1269             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1270
1271 #if wxUSE_INTL
1272             const wxString decimalPoint =
1273                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1274 #else
1275             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1276 #endif
1277
1278             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1279             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1280                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1281                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1282                             keycode == '+' ||
1283                                 keycode == '-' )
1284             {
1285                 return true;
1286             }
1287         }
1288     }
1289
1290     return false;
1291 }
1292
1293 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1294
1295 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1296
1297 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1298 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1299 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1300
1301 // the default values for GetValue()
1302 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1303
1304 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1305                                   wxWindowID id,
1306                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1307 {
1308     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1309                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1310                                wxNO_BORDER);
1311
1312     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1313 }
1314
1315 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1316 {
1317     bool resize = false;
1318     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1319     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1320
1321     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1322     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1323     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1324     {
1325         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1326         size = sizeBest;
1327
1328         resize = true;
1329     }
1330
1331     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1332     {
1333         // leave 1 pixel margin
1334         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1335
1336         resize = true;
1337     }
1338
1339     if ( resize )
1340     {
1341         m_control->SetSize(size);
1342     }
1343
1344     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1345
1346 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1347     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1348     // so shift it to the right
1349     size.x -= 8;
1350 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1351     // here too, but in other way
1352     size.x += 1;
1353     size.y -= 2;
1354 #endif
1355
1356     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1357     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1358     if (GetCellAttr())
1359         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1360
1361     int x = 0, y = 0;
1362     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1363     {
1364         x = r.x + 2;
1365
1366 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1367         x += 2;
1368 #endif
1369
1370         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1371     }
1372     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1373     {
1374         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1375         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1376     }
1377     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1378     {
1379         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1380         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1381     }
1382
1383     m_control->Move(x, y);
1384 }
1385
1386 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1387 {
1388     m_control->Show(show);
1389
1390     if ( show )
1391     {
1392         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1393         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1394     }
1395 }
1396
1397 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1398 {
1399     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1400                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1401
1402     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1403     {
1404         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1405     }
1406     else
1407     {
1408         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1409
1410         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1411             m_startValue = false;
1412         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1413             m_startValue = true;
1414         else
1415         {
1416             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1417             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1418             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1419             // know about it
1420             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1421         }
1422     }
1423
1424     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1425     CBox()->SetFocus();
1426 }
1427
1428 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1429                                    wxGrid* grid)
1430 {
1431     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1432                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1433
1434     bool changed = false;
1435     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1436     if ( value != m_startValue )
1437         changed = true;
1438
1439     if ( changed )
1440     {
1441         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1442         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1443             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1444         else
1445             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1446     }
1447
1448     return changed;
1449 }
1450
1451 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1452 {
1453     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1454                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1455
1456     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1457 }
1458
1459 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1460 {
1461     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1462 }
1463
1464 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1465 {
1466     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1467     {
1468         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1469         switch ( keycode )
1470         {
1471             case WXK_SPACE:
1472             case '+':
1473             case '-':
1474                 return true;
1475         }
1476     }
1477
1478     return false;
1479 }
1480
1481 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1482 {
1483     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1484     switch ( keycode )
1485     {
1486         case WXK_SPACE:
1487             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1488             break;
1489
1490         case '+':
1491             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1492             break;
1493
1494         case '-':
1495             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1496             break;
1497     }
1498 }
1499
1500 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1501 {
1502   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1503 }
1504
1505 /* static */ void
1506 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1507                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1508 {
1509     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1510     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1511 }
1512
1513 /* static */ bool
1514 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1515 {
1516     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1517 }
1518
1519 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1520
1521 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1522
1523 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1524 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1525 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1526
1527 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1528                                                bool allowOthers)
1529     : m_choices(choices),
1530       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1531
1532 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1533                                                const wxString choices[],
1534                                                bool allowOthers)
1535                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1536 {
1537     if ( count )
1538     {
1539         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1540         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1541         {
1542             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1543         }
1544     }
1545 }
1546
1547 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1548 {
1549     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1550     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1551     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1552
1553     return editor;
1554 }
1555
1556 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1557                                     wxWindowID id,
1558                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1559 {
1560     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1561                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1562                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1563
1564     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1565         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1566     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1567                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1568                                m_choices,
1569                                style);
1570
1571     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1572 }
1573
1574 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1575                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1576 {
1577     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1578     // flicker
1579
1580     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1581     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1582     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1583     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1584 }
1585
1586 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1587 {
1588     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1589                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1590
1591     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1592     if (m_control)
1593         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1594
1595     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1596     if (evtHandler)
1597         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1598
1599     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1600
1601     if (m_allowOthers)
1602     {
1603         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1604         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1605     }
1606     else // the combobox is read-only
1607     {
1608         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1609         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1610         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1611             pos = 0;
1612         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1613     }
1614
1615     Combo()->SetFocus();
1616
1617     if (evtHandler)
1618     {
1619         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1620         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1621 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1622         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1623 #endif
1624     }
1625 }
1626
1627 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1628                                      wxGrid* grid)
1629 {
1630     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1631     if ( value == m_startValue )
1632         return false;
1633
1634     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1635
1636     return true;
1637 }
1638
1639 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1640 {
1641     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1642     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1643 }
1644
1645 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1646 {
1647     if ( !params )
1648     {
1649         // what can we do?
1650         return;
1651     }
1652
1653     m_choices.Empty();
1654
1655     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1656     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1657     {
1658         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1659     }
1660 }
1661
1662 // return the value in the text control
1663 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1664 {
1665   return Combo()->GetValue();
1666 }
1667
1668 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1669
1670 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1671 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1672 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1673
1674 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1675 {
1676     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1677     if (m_inSetFocus)
1678         return;
1679
1680     // accept changes
1681     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1682
1683     event.Skip();
1684 }
1685
1686 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1687 {
1688     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1689     {
1690         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1691             m_editor->Reset();
1692             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1693             break;
1694
1695         case WXK_TAB:
1696             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1697             break;
1698
1699         case WXK_RETURN:
1700         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1701             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1702                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1703             break;
1704
1705         default:
1706             event.Skip();
1707             break;
1708     }
1709 }
1710
1711 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1712 {
1713     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1714     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1715     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1716     int cw, ch;
1717     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1718
1719     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1720     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1721
1722     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1723     {
1724         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1725         case WXK_TAB:
1726         case WXK_RETURN:
1727         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1728             break;
1729
1730         case WXK_HOME:
1731         {
1732             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1733             {
1734                 // no special processing needed...
1735                 event.Skip();
1736                 break;
1737             }
1738
1739             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1740
1741             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1742             int colXPos = 0;
1743             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1744             {
1745                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1746             }
1747
1748             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1749             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1750             if (col != 0)
1751             {
1752                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1753             }
1754             else
1755             {
1756                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1757             }
1758             event.Skip();
1759             break;
1760         }
1761
1762         case WXK_END:
1763         {
1764             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1765             {
1766                 // no special processing needed...
1767                 event.Skip();
1768                 break;
1769             }
1770
1771             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1772
1773             int textWidth = 0;
1774             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1775             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1776             {
1777                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1778                 int y;
1779                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1780                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1781
1782                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1783                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1784
1785                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1786                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1787                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1788                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1789                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1790                 {
1791                     textWidth = 0;
1792                 }
1793             }
1794
1795             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1796             int colXPos = 0;
1797             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1798             {
1799                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1800             }
1801
1802             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1803             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1804             colXPos += textWidth;
1805
1806             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1807             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1808             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1809             event.Skip();
1810             break;
1811         }
1812
1813         default:
1814             event.Skip();
1815             break;
1816     }
1817 }
1818
1819 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1820 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1821 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1822 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1823
1824 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1825 {
1826     // nothing to do
1827 }
1828
1829 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1830 {
1831 }
1832
1833 // ============================================================================
1834 // renderer classes
1835 // ============================================================================
1836
1837 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1838 // wxGridCellRenderer
1839 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1840
1841 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1842                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1843                               wxDC& dc,
1844                               const wxRect& rect,
1845                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1846                               bool isSelected)
1847 {
1848     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1849
1850     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1851     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1852     {
1853         if ( isSelected )
1854         {
1855             wxColour clr;
1856             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1857                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1858             else
1859                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1860             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1861         }
1862         else
1863         {
1864             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1865         }
1866     }
1867     else
1868     {
1869         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1870     }
1871
1872     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1873     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1874 }
1875
1876 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1877 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1878 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1879
1880 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1881                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1882                                                      wxDC& dc,
1883                                                      bool isSelected)
1884 {
1885     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1886
1887     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1888
1889     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1890     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1891     {
1892         if ( isSelected )
1893         {
1894             wxColour clr;
1895             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1896                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1897             else
1898                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1899             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1900             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1901         }
1902         else
1903         {
1904             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1905             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1906         }
1907     }
1908     else
1909     {
1910         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1911         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1912     }
1913
1914     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1915 }
1916
1917 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1918                                                wxDC& dc,
1919                                                const wxString& text)
1920 {
1921     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1922     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1923     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1924     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1925     {
1926         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1927         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1928     }
1929
1930     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1931
1932     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1933 }
1934
1935 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1936                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1937                                              wxDC& dc,
1938                                              int row, int col)
1939 {
1940     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1941 }
1942
1943 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1944                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1945                                     wxDC& dc,
1946                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1947                                     int row, int col,
1948                                     bool isSelected)
1949 {
1950     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1951     rect.Inflate(-1);
1952
1953     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1954     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1955
1956     int hAlign, vAlign;
1957     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1958
1959     int overflowCols = 0;
1960
1961     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1962     {
1963         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1964         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1965         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1966         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1967         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1968         {
1969             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1970             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1971             {
1972                 bool is_empty = true;
1973                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1974                 {
1975                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1976                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1977                     if (c_rows > 0)
1978                         c_rows = 0;
1979                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1980                     {
1981                         is_empty = false;
1982                         break;
1983                     }
1984                 }
1985
1986                 if (is_empty)
1987                 {
1988                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1989                 }
1990                 else
1991                 {
1992                     i--;
1993                     break;
1994                 }
1995
1996                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1997                     break;
1998             }
1999
2000             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
2001             if (overflowCols >= cols)
2002                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
2003         }
2004
2005         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
2006         {
2007             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
2008             wxRect clip = rect;
2009             clip.x += rectCell.width;
2010             // draw each overflow cell individually
2011             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
2012             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
2013                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
2014             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
2015             {
2016                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2017                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2018                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
2019
2020                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
2021                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
2022
2023                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2024                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2025                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2026             }
2027
2028             rect = rectCell;
2029             rect.Inflate(-1);
2030             rect.width++;
2031             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2032         }
2033     }
2034
2035     // now we only have to draw the text
2036     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2037
2038     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2039                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2040 }
2041
2042 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2043 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2044 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2045
2046 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2047 {
2048     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2049     wxString text;
2050     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2051     {
2052         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2053     }
2054     else
2055     {
2056         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2057     }
2058
2059     return text;
2060 }
2061
2062 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2063                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2064                                     wxDC& dc,
2065                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2066                                     int row, int col,
2067                                     bool isSelected)
2068 {
2069     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2070
2071     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2072
2073     // draw the text right aligned by default
2074     int hAlign, vAlign;
2075     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2076     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2077
2078     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2079     rect.Inflate(-1);
2080
2081     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2082 }
2083
2084 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2085                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2086                                              wxDC& dc,
2087                                              int row, int col)
2088 {
2089     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2090 }
2091
2092 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2093 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2094 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2095
2096 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2097 {
2098     SetWidth(width);
2099     SetPrecision(precision);
2100 }
2101
2102 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2103 {
2104     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2105     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2106     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2107     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2108
2109     return renderer;
2110 }
2111
2112 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2113 {
2114     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2115
2116     bool hasDouble;
2117     double val;
2118     wxString text;
2119     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2120     {
2121         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2122         hasDouble = true;
2123     }
2124     else
2125     {
2126         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2127         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2128     }
2129
2130     if ( hasDouble )
2131     {
2132         if ( !m_format )
2133         {
2134             if ( m_width == -1 )
2135             {
2136                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2137                 {
2138                     // default width/precision
2139                     m_format = _T("%f");
2140                 }
2141                 else
2142                 {
2143                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2144                 }
2145             }
2146             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2147             {
2148                 // default precision
2149                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2150             }
2151             else
2152             {
2153                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2154             }
2155         }
2156
2157         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2158
2159     }
2160     //else: text already contains the string
2161
2162     return text;
2163 }
2164
2165 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2166                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2167                                    wxDC& dc,
2168                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2169                                    int row, int col,
2170                                    bool isSelected)
2171 {
2172     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2173
2174     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2175
2176     // draw the text right aligned by default
2177     int hAlign, vAlign;
2178     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2179     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2180
2181     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2182     rect.Inflate(-1);
2183
2184     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2185 }
2186
2187 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2188                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2189                                             wxDC& dc,
2190                                             int row, int col)
2191 {
2192     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2193 }
2194
2195 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2196 {
2197     if ( !params )
2198     {
2199         // reset to defaults
2200         SetWidth(-1);
2201         SetPrecision(-1);
2202     }
2203     else
2204     {
2205         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2206         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2207         {
2208             long width;
2209             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2210             {
2211                 SetWidth((int)width);
2212             }
2213             else
2214             {
2215                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2216             }
2217         }
2218
2219         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2220         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2221         {
2222             long precision;
2223             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2224             {
2225                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2226             }
2227             else
2228             {
2229                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2230             }
2231         }
2232     }
2233 }
2234
2235 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2236 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2237 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2238
2239 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2240
2241 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2242
2243 // between checkmark and box
2244 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2245
2246 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2247                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2248                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2249                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2250                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2251 {
2252     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2253     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2254     {
2255         // get checkbox size
2256         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2257         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2258         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2259
2260 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2261         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2262 #endif
2263
2264         delete checkbox;
2265
2266         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2267     }
2268
2269     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2270 }
2271
2272 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2273                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2274                                   wxDC& dc,
2275                                   const wxRect& rect,
2276                                   int row, int col,
2277                                   bool isSelected)
2278 {
2279     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2280
2281     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2282     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2283
2284     // don't draw outside the cell
2285     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2286     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2287     {
2288         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2289         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2290     }
2291
2292     // draw a border around checkmark
2293     int vAlign, hAlign;
2294     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2295
2296     wxRect rectBorder;
2297     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2298     {
2299         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2300         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2301         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2302         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2303     }
2304     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2305     {
2306         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2307         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2308         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2309         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2310     }
2311     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2312     {
2313         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2314         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2315         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2316         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2317     }
2318
2319     bool value;
2320     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2321     {
2322         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2323     }
2324     else
2325     {
2326         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2327         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2328     }
2329
2330     int flags = 0;
2331     if (value)
2332         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2333
2334     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2335 }
2336
2337 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2338 // wxGridCellAttr
2339 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2340
2341 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2342 {
2343     m_nRef = 1;
2344
2345     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2346
2347     m_renderer = NULL;
2348     m_editor = NULL;
2349
2350     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2351
2352     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2353     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2354
2355     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2356 }
2357
2358 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2359 {
2360     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2361
2362     if ( HasTextColour() )
2363         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2364     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2365         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2366     if ( HasFont() )
2367         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2368     if ( HasAlignment() )
2369         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2370
2371     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2372
2373     if ( m_renderer )
2374     {
2375         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2376         m_renderer->IncRef();
2377     }
2378     if ( m_editor )
2379     {
2380         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2381         m_editor->IncRef();
2382     }
2383
2384     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2385         attr->SetReadOnly();
2386
2387     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2388     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2389
2390     return attr;
2391 }
2392
2393 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2394 {
2395     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2396         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2397     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2398         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2399     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2400         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2401     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2402     {
2403         int hAlign, vAlign;
2404         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2405         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2406     }
2407     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2408         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2409
2410     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2411     // m_renderer/m_editor
2412     //
2413     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2414     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2415     {
2416         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2417         m_renderer->IncRef();
2418     }
2419     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2420     {
2421         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2422         m_editor->IncRef();
2423     }
2424     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2425         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2426
2427     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2428         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2429
2430     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2431 }
2432
2433 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2434 {
2435     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2436
2437     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2438     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2439     // set to negative or zero values such that
2440     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2441     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2442
2443     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2444
2445     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2446                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2447                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2448                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2449
2450     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2451     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2452 }
2453
2454 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2455 {
2456     if (HasTextColour())
2457     {
2458         return m_colText;
2459     }
2460     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2461     {
2462         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2463     }
2464     else
2465     {
2466         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2467         return wxNullColour;
2468     }
2469 }
2470
2471 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2472 {
2473     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2474     {
2475         return m_colBack;
2476     }
2477     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2478     {
2479         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2480     }
2481     else
2482     {
2483         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2484         return wxNullColour;
2485     }
2486 }
2487
2488 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2489 {
2490     if (HasFont())
2491     {
2492         return m_font;
2493     }
2494     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2495     {
2496         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2497     }
2498     else
2499     {
2500         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2501         return wxNullFont;
2502     }
2503 }
2504
2505 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2506 {
2507     if (HasAlignment())
2508     {
2509         if ( hAlign )
2510             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2511         if ( vAlign )
2512             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2513     }
2514     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2515     {
2516         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2517     }
2518     else
2519     {
2520         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2521     }
2522 }
2523
2524 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2525 {
2526     if ( num_rows )
2527         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2528     if ( num_cols )
2529         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2530 }
2531
2532 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2533 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2534 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2535 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2536 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2537 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2538
2539 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2540 {
2541     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2542
2543     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2544     {
2545         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2546         renderer = m_renderer;
2547         renderer->IncRef();
2548     }
2549     else // no non-default cell renderer
2550     {
2551         // get default renderer for the data type
2552         if ( grid )
2553         {
2554             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2555             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2556         }
2557
2558         if ( renderer == NULL )
2559         {
2560             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2561             {
2562                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2563                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2564                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2565             }
2566             else // default grid attr
2567             {
2568                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2569                 renderer = m_renderer;
2570                 if ( renderer )
2571                     renderer->IncRef();
2572             }
2573         }
2574     }
2575
2576     // we're supposed to always find something
2577     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2578
2579     return renderer;
2580 }
2581
2582 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2583 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2584 {
2585     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2586
2587     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2588     {
2589         // use the cells editor if it has one
2590         editor = m_editor;
2591         editor->IncRef();
2592     }
2593     else // no non default cell editor
2594     {
2595         // get default editor for the data type
2596         if ( grid )
2597         {
2598             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2599             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2600         }
2601
2602         if ( editor == NULL )
2603         {
2604             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2605             {
2606                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2607                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2608                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2609             }
2610             else // default grid attr
2611             {
2612                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2613                 editor = m_editor;
2614                 if ( editor )
2615                     editor->IncRef();
2616             }
2617         }
2618     }
2619
2620     // we're supposed to always find something
2621     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2622
2623     return editor;
2624 }
2625
2626 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2627 // wxGridCellAttrData
2628 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2629
2630 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2631 {
2632     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
2633     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
2634     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
2635     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2636     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2637     {
2638         if ( attr )
2639         {
2640             // add the attribute
2641             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2642         }
2643         //else: nothing to do
2644     }
2645     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
2646     {
2647         if ( attr )
2648         {
2649             // change the attribute
2650             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
2651         }
2652         else
2653         {
2654             // remove this attribute
2655             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2656         }
2657     }
2658 }
2659
2660 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2661 {
2662     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2663
2664     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2665     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2666     {
2667         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2668         attr->IncRef();
2669     }
2670
2671     return attr;
2672 }
2673
2674 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2675 {
2676     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2677     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2678     {
2679         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2680         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2681         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2682         {
2683             if (numRows > 0)
2684             {
2685                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2686                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2687             }
2688             else if (numRows < 0)
2689             {
2690                 // If rows deleted ...
2691                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2692                 {
2693                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2694                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2695                 }
2696                 else
2697                 {
2698                     // ...or remove the attribute
2699                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2700                     n--;
2701                     count--;
2702                 }
2703             }
2704         }
2705     }
2706 }
2707
2708 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2709 {
2710     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2711     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2712     {
2713         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2714         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2715         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2716         {
2717             if ( numCols > 0 )
2718             {
2719                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2720                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2721             }
2722             else if (numCols < 0)
2723             {
2724                 // If rows deleted ...
2725                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2726                 {
2727                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2728                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2729                 }
2730                 else
2731                 {
2732                     // ...or remove the attribute
2733                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2734                     n--;
2735                     count--;
2736                 }
2737             }
2738         }
2739     }
2740 }
2741
2742 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2743 {
2744     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2745     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2746     {
2747         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2748         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2749         {
2750             return n;
2751         }
2752     }
2753
2754     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2755 }
2756
2757 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2758 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2759 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2760
2761 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2762 {
2763     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2764     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2765     {
2766         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2767     }
2768 }
2769
2770 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2771 {
2772     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2773
2774     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2775     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2776     {
2777         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2778         attr->IncRef();
2779     }
2780
2781     return attr;
2782 }
2783
2784 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2785 {
2786     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2787     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2788     {
2789         if ( attr )
2790         {
2791             // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count
2792             //                     since we take ownership of the attribute.
2793             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2794             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2795         }
2796         // nothing to remove
2797     }
2798     else
2799     {
2800         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2801         if ( m_attrs[n] == attr )
2802             // nothing to do
2803             return;
2804         if ( attr )
2805         {
2806             // change the attribute, handling reference count manually,
2807             //                       taking ownership of the new attribute.
2808             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2809             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2810         }
2811         else
2812         {
2813             // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually
2814             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2815             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2816             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2817         }
2818     }
2819 }
2820
2821 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2822 {
2823     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2824     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2825     {
2826         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2827         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2828         {
2829             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2830             {
2831                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2832                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2833             }
2834             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2835             {
2836                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2837                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2838                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2839                 else
2840                 {
2841                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2842                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2843                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2844                     n--;
2845                     count--;
2846                 }
2847             }
2848         }
2849     }
2850 }
2851
2852 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2853 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2854 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2855
2856 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2857 {
2858     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2859 }
2860
2861 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2862 {
2863     delete m_data;
2864 }
2865
2866 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2867 {
2868     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2869 }
2870
2871 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2872                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2873 {
2874     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2875     if ( m_data )
2876     {
2877         switch (kind)
2878         {
2879             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2880                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2881                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2882                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2883                 if (!attr)
2884                 {
2885                     // Basically implement old version.
2886                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2887                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2888                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2889                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2890
2891                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2892                     {
2893                         // Two or more are non NULL
2894                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2895                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2896
2897                         // Order is important..
2898                         if (attrcell)
2899                         {
2900                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2901                             attrcell->DecRef();
2902                         }
2903                         if (attrcol)
2904                         {
2905                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2906                             attrcol->DecRef();
2907                         }
2908                         if (attrrow)
2909                         {
2910                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2911                             attrrow->DecRef();
2912                         }
2913
2914                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2915                         //attr->IncRef();
2916                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2917                     }
2918                     else
2919                     {
2920                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2921                         if (attrrow)
2922                             attr = attrrow;
2923                         if (attrcol)
2924                         {
2925                             if (attr)
2926                                 attr->DecRef();
2927                             attr = attrcol;
2928                         }
2929                         if (attrcell)
2930                         {
2931                             if (attr)
2932                                 attr->DecRef();
2933                             attr = attrcell;
2934                         }
2935                     }
2936                 }
2937                 break;
2938
2939             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2940                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2941                 break;
2942
2943             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2944                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2945                 break;
2946
2947             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2948                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2949                 break;
2950
2951             default:
2952                 // unused as yet...
2953                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2954                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2955                 break;
2956         }
2957     }
2958
2959     return attr;
2960 }
2961
2962 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2963                                      int row, int col)
2964 {
2965     if ( !m_data )
2966         InitData();
2967
2968     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2969 }
2970
2971 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2972 {
2973     if ( !m_data )
2974         InitData();
2975
2976     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2977 }
2978
2979 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2980 {
2981     if ( !m_data )
2982         InitData();
2983
2984     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2985 }
2986
2987 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2988 {
2989     if ( m_data )
2990     {
2991         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2992
2993         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2994     }
2995 }
2996
2997 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2998 {
2999     if ( m_data )
3000     {
3001         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
3002
3003         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
3004     }
3005 }
3006
3007 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3008 // wxGridTypeRegistry
3009 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3010
3011 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
3012 {
3013     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3014     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3015         delete m_typeinfo[i];
3016 }
3017
3018 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
3019                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
3020                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
3021 {
3022     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
3023
3024     // is it already registered?
3025     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3026     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
3027     {
3028         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
3029         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
3030     }
3031     else
3032     {
3033         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
3034     }
3035 }
3036
3037 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3038 {
3039     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3040     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3041     {
3042         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3043         {
3044             return i;
3045         }
3046     }
3047
3048     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3049 }
3050
3051 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3052 {
3053     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3054     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3055     {
3056         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3057         // register it "on the fly"
3058 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3059         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3060         {
3061             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3062                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3063                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3064         }
3065         else
3066 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3067 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3068         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3069         {
3070             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3071                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3072                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3073         }
3074         else
3075 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3076 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3077         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3078         {
3079             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3080                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3081                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3082         }
3083         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3084         {
3085             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3086                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3087                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3088         }
3089         else
3090 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3091 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3092         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3093         {
3094             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3095                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3096                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3097         }
3098         else
3099 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3100         {
3101             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3102         }
3103
3104         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3105         // the last index
3106         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3107     }
3108
3109     return index;
3110 }
3111
3112 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3113 {
3114     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3115     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3116     {
3117         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3118         // are the parameters for the renderer
3119         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3120         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3121         {
3122             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3123         }
3124
3125         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3126         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3127         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3128         rendererOld->DecRef();
3129
3130         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3131         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3132         editor = editor->Clone();
3133         editorOld->DecRef();
3134
3135         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3136         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3137         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3138         editor->SetParameters(params);
3139
3140         // register the new typename
3141         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3142
3143         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3144         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3145     }
3146
3147     return index;
3148 }
3149
3150 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3151 {
3152     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3153     if (renderer)
3154         renderer->IncRef();
3155
3156     return renderer;
3157 }
3158
3159 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3160 {
3161     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3162     if (editor)
3163         editor->IncRef();
3164
3165     return editor;
3166 }
3167
3168 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3169 // wxGridTableBase
3170 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3171
3172 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3173
3174 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3175 {
3176     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3177     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3178 }
3179
3180 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3181 {
3182     delete m_attrProvider;
3183 }
3184
3185 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3186 {
3187     delete m_attrProvider;
3188     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3189 }
3190
3191 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3192 {
3193     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3194     {
3195         // use the default attr provider by default
3196         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3197     }
3198
3199     return true;
3200 }
3201
3202 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3203 {
3204     if ( m_attrProvider )
3205         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3206     else
3207         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3208 }
3209
3210 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3211 {
3212     if ( m_attrProvider )
3213     {
3214         if ( attr )
3215             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3216         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3217     }
3218     else
3219     {
3220         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3221         // free it now
3222         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3223     }
3224 }
3225
3226 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3227 {
3228     if ( m_attrProvider )
3229     {
3230         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3231         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3232     }
3233     else
3234     {
3235         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3236         // free it now
3237         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3238     }
3239 }
3240
3241 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3242 {
3243     if ( m_attrProvider )
3244     {
3245         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3246         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3247     }
3248     else
3249     {
3250         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3251         // free it now
3252         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3253     }
3254 }
3255
3256 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3257                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3258 {
3259     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3260
3261     return false;
3262 }
3263
3264 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3265 {
3266     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3267
3268     return false;
3269 }
3270
3271 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3272                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3273 {
3274     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3275
3276     return false;
3277 }
3278
3279 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3280                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3281 {
3282     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3283
3284     return false;
3285 }
3286
3287 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3288 {
3289     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3290
3291     return false;
3292 }
3293
3294 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3295                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3296 {
3297     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3298
3299     return false;
3300 }
3301
3302 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3303 {
3304     wxString s;
3305
3306     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3307     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3308     s << row + 1;
3309
3310     return s;
3311 }
3312
3313 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3314 {
3315     // default col labels are:
3316     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3317     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3318     //   etc.
3319
3320     wxString s;
3321     unsigned int i, n;
3322     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3323     {
3324         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3325         col = col / 26 - 1;
3326         if ( col < 0 )
3327             break;
3328     }
3329
3330     // reverse the string...
3331     wxString s2;
3332     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3333     {
3334         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3335     }
3336
3337     return s2;
3338 }
3339
3340 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3341 {
3342     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3343 }
3344
3345 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3346                                      const wxString& typeName )
3347 {
3348     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3349 }
3350
3351 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3352 {
3353     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3354 }
3355
3356 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3357 {
3358     return 0;
3359 }
3360
3361 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3362 {
3363     return 0.0;
3364 }
3365
3366 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3367 {
3368     return false;
3369 }
3370
3371 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3372                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3373 {
3374 }
3375
3376 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3377                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3378 {
3379 }
3380
3381 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3382                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3383 {
3384 }
3385
3386 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3387                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3388 {
3389     return NULL;
3390 }
3391
3392 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3393                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3394                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3395 {
3396 }
3397
3398 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3399 //
3400 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3401 // to the grid view
3402 //
3403
3404 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3405 {
3406     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3407     m_id = -1;
3408     m_comInt1 = -1;
3409     m_comInt2 = -1;
3410 }
3411
3412 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3413                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3414 {
3415     m_table = table;
3416     m_id = id;
3417     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3418     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3419 }
3420
3421 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3422 //
3423 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3424 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3425 //
3426
3427 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3428
3429 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3430
3431 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3432         : wxGridTableBase()
3433 {
3434 }
3435
3436 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3437         : wxGridTableBase()
3438 {
3439     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3440
3441     wxArrayString sa;
3442     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3443     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3444
3445     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3446 }
3447
3448 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3449 {
3450 }
3451
3452 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3453 {
3454     return m_data.GetCount();
3455 }
3456
3457 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3458 {
3459     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3460         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3461     else
3462         return 0;
3463 }
3464
3465 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3466 {
3467     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3468                  wxEmptyString,
3469                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3470
3471     return m_data[row][col];
3472 }
3473
3474 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3475 {
3476     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3477                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3478
3479     m_data[row][col] = value;
3480 }
3481
3482 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3483 {
3484     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3485                  true,
3486                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3487
3488     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3489 }
3490
3491 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3492 {
3493     int row, col;
3494     int numRows, numCols;
3495
3496     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3497     if ( numRows > 0 )
3498     {
3499         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3500
3501         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3502         {
3503             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3504             {
3505                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3506             }
3507         }
3508     }
3509 }
3510
3511 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3512 {
3513     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3514     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3515                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3516
3517     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3518     {
3519         return AppendRows( numRows );
3520     }
3521
3522     wxArrayString sa;
3523     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3524     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3525     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3526
3527     if ( GetView() )
3528     {
3529         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3530                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3531                                 pos,
3532                                 numRows );
3533
3534         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3535     }
3536
3537     return true;
3538 }
3539
3540 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3541 {
3542     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3543     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3544                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3545                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3546
3547     wxArrayString sa;
3548     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3549     {
3550         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3551         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3552     }
3553
3554     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3555
3556     if ( GetView() )
3557     {
3558         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3559                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3560                                 numRows );
3561
3562         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3563     }
3564
3565     return true;
3566 }
3567
3568 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3569 {
3570     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3571
3572     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3573     {
3574         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3575                     (
3576                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3577                         (unsigned long)pos,
3578                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3579                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3580                     ) );
3581
3582         return false;
3583     }
3584
3585     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3586     {
3587         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3588     }
3589
3590     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3591     {
3592         m_data.Clear();
3593     }
3594     else
3595     {
3596         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3597     }
3598
3599     if ( GetView() )
3600     {
3601         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3602                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3603                                 pos,
3604                                 numRows );
3605
3606         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3607     }
3608
3609     return true;
3610 }
3611
3612 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3613 {
3614     size_t row, col;
3615
3616     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3617     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3618                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3619                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3620
3621     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3622     {
3623         return AppendCols( numCols );
3624     }
3625
3626     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3627     {
3628         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3629
3630         size_t i;
3631         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3632             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3633     }
3634
3635     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3636     {
3637         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3638         {
3639             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3640         }
3641     }
3642
3643     if ( GetView() )
3644     {
3645         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3646                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3647                                 pos,
3648                                 numCols );
3649
3650         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3651     }
3652
3653     return true;
3654 }
3655
3656 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3657 {
3658     size_t row;
3659
3660     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3661
3662 #if 0
3663     if ( !curNumRows )
3664     {
3665         // TODO: something better than this ?
3666         //
3667         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3668         return false;
3669     }
3670 #endif
3671
3672     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3673     {
3674         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3675     }
3676
3677     if ( GetView() )
3678     {
3679         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3680                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3681                                 numCols );
3682
3683         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3684     }
3685
3686     return true;
3687 }
3688
3689 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3690 {
3691     size_t row;
3692
3693     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3694     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3695                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3696
3697     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3698     {
3699         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3700                     (
3701                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3702                         (unsigned long)pos,
3703                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3704                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3705                     ) );
3706         return false;
3707     }
3708
3709     int colID;
3710     if ( GetView() )
3711         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3712     else
3713         colID = pos;
3714
3715     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3716     {
3717         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3718     }
3719
3720     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3721     {
3722         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3723         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3724         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3725         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3726         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3727             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3728     }
3729
3730     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3731     {
3732         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3733         {
3734             m_data[row].Clear();
3735         }
3736         else
3737         {
3738             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3739         }
3740     }
3741
3742     if ( GetView() )
3743     {
3744         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3745                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3746                                 pos,
3747                                 numCols );
3748
3749         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3750     }
3751
3752     return true;
3753 }
3754
3755 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3756 {
3757     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3758     {
3759         // using default label
3760         //
3761         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3762     }
3763     else
3764     {
3765         return m_rowLabels[row];
3766     }
3767 }
3768
3769 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3770 {
3771     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3772     {
3773         // using default label
3774         //
3775         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3776     }
3777     else
3778     {
3779         return m_colLabels[col];
3780     }
3781 }
3782
3783 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3784 {
3785     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3786     {
3787         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3788         int i;
3789
3790         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3791         {
3792             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3793         }
3794     }
3795
3796     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3797 }
3798
3799 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3800 {
3801     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3802     {
3803         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3804         int i;
3805
3806         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3807         {
3808             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3809         }
3810     }
3811
3812     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3813 }
3814
3815
3816 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3817 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3818
3819 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3820     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3821 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3822
3823 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3824 {
3825     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3826 }
3827
3828 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3829
3830 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3831     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3832     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3833     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3834 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3835
3836 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3837                                             wxWindowID id,
3838                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3839   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3840 {
3841     m_owner = parent;
3842 }
3843
3844 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3845 {
3846     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3847
3848     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3849     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3850     // set the y coord  - MB
3851     //
3852     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3853
3854     int x, y;
3855     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3856     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3857     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3858
3859     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3860     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3861 }
3862
3863 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3864 {
3865     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3866 }
3867
3868 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3869 {
3870     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3871 }
3872
3873 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3874
3875 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3876
3877 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3878     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3879     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3880     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3881 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3882
3883 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3884                                             wxWindowID id,
3885                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3886   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3887 {
3888     m_owner = parent;
3889 }
3890
3891 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3892 {
3893     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3894
3895     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3896     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3897     // set the x coord  - MB
3898     //
3899     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3900
3901     int x, y;
3902     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3903     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3904     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3905         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3906     else
3907         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3908
3909     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3910     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3911 }
3912
3913 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3914 {
3915     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3916 }
3917
3918 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3919 {
3920     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3921 }
3922
3923 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3924
3925 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3926
3927 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3928     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3929     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3930     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3931 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3932
3933 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3934                                                   wxWindowID id,
3935                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3936   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3937 {
3938     m_owner = parent;
3939 }
3940
3941 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3942 {
3943     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3944
3945     int client_height = 0;
3946     int client_width = 0;
3947     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3948
3949     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3950 #if 0
3951 def __WXGTK__
3952     wxRect rect;
3953     rect.SetX( 1 );
3954     rect.SetY( 1 );
3955     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3956     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3957
3958     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3959 #else // !__WXGTK__
3960     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3961     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3962     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3963     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3964     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3965
3966     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3967     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3968     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3969 #endif
3970 }
3971
3972 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3973 {
3974     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3975 }
3976
3977 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3978 {
3979     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3980 }
3981
3982 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3983
3984 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3985
3986 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3987     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3988     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3989     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3990     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3991     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3992     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3993     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3994     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3995     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3996 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3997
3998 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3999                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
4000                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
4001                             wxWindowID id,
4002                             const wxPoint &pos,
4003                             const wxSize &size )
4004             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
4005                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
4006                               wxT("grid window") )
4007 {
4008     m_owner = parent;
4009     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
4010     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
4011 }
4012
4013 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4014 {
4015     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4016     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4017     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4018     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4019     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4020
4021 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
4022     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4023 #endif
4024
4025     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4026     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4027 }
4028
4029 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4030 {
4031     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4032     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4033     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4034 }
4035
4036 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4037 {
4038     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4039         SetFocus();
4040
4041     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4042 }
4043
4044 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4045 {
4046     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4047 }
4048
4049 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4050 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4051 //
4052 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4053 {
4054     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4055         event.Skip();
4056 }
4057
4058 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4059 {
4060     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4061         event.Skip();
4062 }
4063
4064 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4065 {
4066     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4067         event.Skip();
4068 }
4069
4070 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4071 {
4072 }
4073
4074 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4075 {
4076     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4077     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4078     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4079     {
4080         Refresh();
4081     }
4082     else
4083     {
4084         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4085         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4086         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4087         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4088         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4089         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4090
4091         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4092         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4093                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4094         const wxRect cursor =
4095             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4096         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4097     }
4098
4099     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4100         event.Skip();
4101 }
4102
4103 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4104
4105 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4106 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4107 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4108 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4109
4110 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4111
4112 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4113                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4114                            bool clipToMinMax);
4115
4116 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4117 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4118                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4119                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4120
4121 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4122
4123 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4124 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4125
4126 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4127     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4128     // use them for streaming out
4129     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4130     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4131     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4132     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4133     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4134     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4135
4136     // old style border flags
4137     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4138     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4139     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4140     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4141     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4142     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4143
4144     // standard window styles
4145     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4146     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4147     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4148     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4149     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4150     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4151     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4152     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4153
4154 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4155
4156 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4157
4158 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4159     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4160     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4161 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4162
4163 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4164 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4165
4166 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4167
4168 /*
4169  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4170 */
4171 #else
4172 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4173 #endif
4174
4175 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4176     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4177     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4178     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4179     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4180     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4181     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4182 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4183
4184 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4185 {
4186     InitVars();
4187 }
4188
4189 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4190                  wxWindowID id,
4191                  const wxPoint& pos,
4192                  const wxSize& size,
4193                  long style,
4194                  const wxString& name )
4195 {
4196     InitVars();
4197     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4198 }
4199
4200 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4201                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4202                           long style, const wxString& name)
4203 {
4204     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4205                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4206         return false;
4207
4208     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4209     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4210
4211     Create();
4212     SetInitialSize(size);
4213     CalcDimensions();
4214
4215     return true;
4216 }
4217
4218 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4219 {
4220     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4221     SetTargetWindow(this);
4222     ClearAttrCache();
4223     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4224
4225 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4226     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4227     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4228                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4229              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4230              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4231 #endif
4232
4233     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4234     // with dangling view pointer
4235     if ( m_ownTable )
4236         delete m_table;
4237     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4238         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4239
4240     delete m_typeRegistry;
4241     delete m_selection;
4242 }
4243
4244 //
4245 // ----- internal init and update functions
4246 //
4247
4248 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4249 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4250 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4251
4252 void wxGrid::Create()
4253 {
4254     // create the type registry
4255     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4256
4257     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4258
4259     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4260
4261     // Set default cell attributes
4262     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4263     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4264     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4265     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4266     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4267     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4268
4269 #if _USE_VISATTR
4270     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4271     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4272
4273     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4274     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4275
4276 #else
4277     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4278         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4279     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4280         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4281 #endif
4282
4283     m_numRows = 0;
4284     m_numCols = 0;
4285     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4286
4287     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4288     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4289
4290     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4291     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4292                                               wxID_ANY,
4293                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4294                                               wxDefaultSize );
4295
4296     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4297                                               wxID_ANY,
4298                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4299                                               wxDefaultSize );
4300
4301     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4302                                                     wxID_ANY,
4303                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4304                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4305
4306     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4307                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4308                                   m_colLabelWin,
4309                                   wxID_ANY,
4310                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4311                                   wxDefaultSize );
4312
4313     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4314
4315 #if _USE_VISATTR
4316     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4317     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4318     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4319     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4320 #else
4321     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4322     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4323     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4324     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4325 #endif
4326
4327     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4328     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4329     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4330     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4331     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4332     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4333
4334     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4335     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4336
4337     Init();
4338 }
4339
4340 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4341                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4342 {
4343     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4344                  false,
4345                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4346
4347     m_numRows = numRows;
4348     m_numCols = numCols;
4349
4350     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4351     m_table->SetView( this );
4352     m_ownTable = true;
4353     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4354
4355     CalcDimensions();
4356
4357     m_created = true;
4358
4359     return m_created;
4360 }
4361
4362 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4363 {
4364     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4365                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4366
4367     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4368 }
4369
4370 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4371 {
4372     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4373                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4374
4375     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4376 }
4377
4378 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4379                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4380 {
4381     bool checkSelection = false;
4382     if ( m_created )
4383     {
4384         // stop all processing
4385         m_created = false;
4386
4387         if (m_table)
4388         {
4389             m_table->SetView(0);
4390             if( m_ownTable )
4391                 delete m_table;
4392             m_table = NULL;
4393         }
4394
4395         delete m_selection;
4396         m_selection = NULL;
4397
4398         m_ownTable = false;
4399         m_numRows = 0;
4400         m_numCols = 0;
4401         checkSelection = true;
4402
4403         // kill row and column size arrays
4404         m_colWidths.Empty();
4405         m_colRights.Empty();
4406         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4407         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4408     }
4409
4410     if (table)
4411     {
4412         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4413         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4414
4415         m_table = table;
4416         m_table->SetView( this );
4417         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4418         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4419         if (checkSelection)
4420         {
4421             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4422             // original one current cell and selection regions
4423             // might be invalid,
4424             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4425             m_currentCellCoords =
4426               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4427                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4428             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4429                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4430             {
4431                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4432                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4433             }
4434             else
4435                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4436                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4437                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4438                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4439                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4440         }
4441         CalcDimensions();
4442
4443         m_created = true;
4444     }
4445
4446     return m_created;
4447 }
4448
4449 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4450 {
4451     m_created = false;
4452
4453     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4454     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4455     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4456     m_gridWin = NULL;
4457
4458     m_table = NULL;
4459     m_ownTable = false;
4460
4461     m_selection = NULL;
4462     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4463     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4464     m_winCapture = NULL;
4465 }
4466
4467 void wxGrid::Init()
4468 {
4469     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4470     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4471
4472     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4473     {
4474         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4475     }
4476     else
4477     {
4478         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4479     }
4480
4481     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4482
4483     // init attr cache
4484     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4485     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4486     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4487
4488     // TODO: something better than this ?
4489     //
4490     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4491     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4492
4493     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4494     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4495
4496     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4497     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4498     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4499
4500     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4501     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4502
4503     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4504     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4505
4506 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4507     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4508 #else
4509     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4510 #endif
4511
4512     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4513     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4514     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4515     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4516     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4517
4518     m_canDragColMove = false;
4519
4520     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4521     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4522     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4523     m_canDragColSize = true;
4524     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4525     m_canDragCell = false;
4526     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4527     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4528     m_isDragging = false;
4529     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4530     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4531
4532     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4533
4534     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4535     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4536
4537     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4538
4539     ClearSelection();
4540
4541     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4542     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4543
4544     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4545
4546     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4547     m_batchCount = 0;
4548
4549     m_extraWidth =
4550     m_extraHeight = 0;
4551
4552     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4553     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4554 }
4555
4556 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4557 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4558 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4559 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4560 // arrays at all
4561 //
4562 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4563 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4564 // this is not done currently
4565 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4566
4567 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4568 {
4569     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4570     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4571
4572     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4573     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4574
4575     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4576
4577     int rowBottom = 0;
4578     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4579     {
4580         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4581         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4582     }
4583 }
4584
4585 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4586 {
4587     m_colWidths.Empty();
4588     m_colRights.Empty();
4589
4590     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4591     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4592
4593     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4594
4595     int colRight = 0;
4596     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4597     {
4598         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4599         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4600     }
4601 }
4602
4603 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4604 {
4605     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4606 }
4607
4608 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4609 {
4610     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4611                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4612 }
4613
4614 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4615 {
4616     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4617                                  : m_colRights[col];
4618 }
4619
4620 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4621 {
4622     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4623 }
4624
4625 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4626 {
4627     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4628                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4629 }
4630
4631 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4632 {
4633     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4634                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4635 }
4636
4637 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4638 {
4639     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4640     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4641     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4642
4643     w += m_extraWidth;
4644     h += m_extraHeight;
4645
4646     // take into account editor if shown
4647     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4648     {
4649         int w2, h2;
4650         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4651         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4652         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4653         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4654
4655         // how big is the editor
4656         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4657         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4658         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4659         w2 += x;
4660         h2 += y;
4661         if ( w2 > w )
4662             w = w2;
4663         if ( h2 > h )
4664             h = h2;
4665         editor->DecRef();
4666         attr->DecRef();
4667     }
4668
4669     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4670     int x, y;
4671     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4672
4673     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4674     if ( x >= w )
4675         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4676     if ( y >= h )
4677         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4678
4679     // do set scrollbar parameters
4680     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4681                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4682                    x, y,
4683                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4684
4685     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4686     // still must reposition the children
4687     CalcWindowSizes();
4688 }
4689
4690 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4691 {
4692     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4693
4694     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4695         return;
4696
4697     int cw, ch;
4698     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4699
4700     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4701     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4702     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4703     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4704     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4705     //
4706     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4707     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4708     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4709     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4710     {
4711         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4712         // the fixed size elements
4713         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4714         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4715
4716         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4717
4718         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4719         {
4720             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4721             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4722             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4723             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4724         }
4725     }
4726
4727     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4728     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4729     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4730     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4731     if (gw < 0)
4732         gw = 0;
4733     if (gh < 0)
4734         gh = 0;
4735
4736     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4737         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4738
4739     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4740         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4741
4742     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4743         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4744
4745     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4746         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4747 }
4748
4749 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4750 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4751 //
4752 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4753 {
4754     int i;
4755     bool result = false;
4756
4757     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4758     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4759     ClearAttrCache();
4760
4761     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4762     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4763     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4764     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4765     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4766     HideCellEditControl();
4767
4768 #if 0
4769     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4770     // now
4771     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4772     {
4773         InitColWidths();
4774     }
4775
4776     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4777     {
4778         InitRowHeights();
4779     }
4780 #endif
4781
4782     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4783     {
4784         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4785         {
4786             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4787             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4788
4789             m_numRows += numRows;
4790
4791             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4792             {
4793                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4794                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4795
4796                 int bottom = 0;
4797                 if ( pos > 0 )
4798                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4799
4800                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4801                 {
4802                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4803                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4804                 }
4805             }
4806
4807             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4808             {
4809                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4810                 // cell will be undefined...
4811                 //
4812                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4813             }
4814
4815             if ( m_selection )
4816                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4817             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4818             if (attrProvider)
4819                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4820
4821             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4822             {
4823                 CalcDimensions();
4824                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4825             }
4826         }
4827         result = true;
4828         break;
4829
4830         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4831         {
4832             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4833             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4834             m_numRows += numRows;
4835
4836             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4837             {
4838                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4839                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4840
4841                 int bottom = 0;
4842                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4843                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4844
4845                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4846                 {
4847                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4848                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4849                 }
4850             }
4851
4852             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4853             {
4854                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4855                 // cell will be undefined...
4856                 //
4857                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4858             }
4859
4860             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4861             {
4862                 CalcDimensions();
4863                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4864             }
4865         }
4866         result = true;
4867         break;
4868
4869         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4870         {
4871             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4872             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4873             m_numRows -= numRows;
4874
4875             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4876             {
4877                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4878                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4879
4880                 int h = 0;
4881                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4882                 {
4883                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4884                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4885                 }
4886             }
4887
4888             if ( !m_numRows )
4889             {
4890                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4891             }
4892             else
4893             {
4894                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4895                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4896             }
4897
4898             if ( m_selection )
4899                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4900             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4901             if (attrProvider)
4902             {
4903                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4904
4905 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4906 #if 0
4907                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4908                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4909                 // all column attributes.
4910                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4911                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4912                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4913                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4914 #endif
4915             }
4916
4917             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4918             {
4919                 CalcDimensions();
4920                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4921             }
4922         }
4923         result = true;
4924         break;
4925
4926         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4927         {
4928             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4929             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4930             m_numCols += numCols;
4931
4932             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4933             {
4934                 //Shift the column IDs
4935                 int i;
4936                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4937                 {
4938                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4939                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4940                 }
4941
4942                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4943
4944                 //Set the new columns' positions
4945                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4946                 {
4947                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4948                 }
4949             }
4950
4951             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4952             {
4953                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4954                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4955
4956                 int right = 0;
4957                 if ( pos > 0 )
4958                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4959
4960                 int colPos;
4961                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4962                 {
4963                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4964
4965                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4966                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4967                 }
4968             }
4969
4970             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4971             {
4972                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4973                 // cell will be undefined...
4974                 //
4975                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4976             }
4977
4978             if ( m_selection )
4979                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4980             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4981             if (attrProvider)
4982                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4983             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4984             {
4985                 CalcDimensions();
4986                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4987             }
4988         }
4989         result = true;
4990         break;
4991
4992         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4993         {
4994             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4995             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4996             m_numCols += numCols;
4997
4998             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4999             {
5000                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
5001
5002                 //Set the new columns' positions
5003                 int i;
5004                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
5005                 {
5006                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5007                 }
5008             }
5009
5010             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5011             {
5012                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
5013                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
5014
5015                 int right = 0;
5016                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
5017                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
5018
5019                 int colPos;
5020                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5021                 {
5022                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5023
5024                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5025                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5026                 }
5027             }
5028
5029             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5030             {
5031                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5032                 // cell will be undefined...
5033                 //
5034                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5035             }
5036             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5037             {
5038                 CalcDimensions();
5039                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5040             }
5041         }
5042         result = true;
5043         break;
5044
5045         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5046         {
5047             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5048             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5049             m_numCols -= numCols;
5050
5051             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5052             {
5053                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5054
5055                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5056
5057                 //Shift the column IDs
5058                 int colPos;
5059                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5060                 {
5061                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5062                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5063                 }
5064             }
5065
5066             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5067             {
5068                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5069                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5070
5071                 int w = 0;
5072                 int colPos;
5073                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5074                 {
5075                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5076
5077                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5078                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5079                 }
5080             }
5081
5082             if ( !m_numCols )
5083             {
5084                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5085             }
5086             else
5087             {
5088                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5089                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5090             }
5091
5092             if ( m_selection )
5093                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5094             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5095             if (attrProvider)
5096             {
5097                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5098
5099 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5100 #if 0
5101                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5102                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5103                 // all row attributes.
5104                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5105                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5106                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5107                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5108 #endif
5109             }
5110
5111             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5112             {
5113                 CalcDimensions();
5114                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5115             }
5116         }
5117         result = true;
5118         break;
5119     }
5120
5121     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5122         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5123
5124     return result;
5125 }
5126
5127 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5128 {
5129     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5130     wxRect r;
5131
5132     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5133
5134     int top, bottom;
5135     while ( iter )
5136     {
5137         r = iter.GetRect();
5138
5139         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5140         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5141         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5142         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5143         //
5144 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5145         int cw, ch;
5146         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5147         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5148             r.SetTop( 0 );
5149         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5150 #endif
5151
5152         // logical bounds of update region
5153         //
5154         int dummy;
5155         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5156         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5157
5158         // find the row labels within these bounds
5159         //
5160         int row;
5161         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5162         {
5163             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5164                 continue;
5165
5166             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5167                 break;
5168
5169             rowlabels.Add( row );
5170         }
5171
5172         ++iter;
5173     }
5174
5175     return rowlabels;
5176 }
5177
5178 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5179 {
5180     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5181     wxRect r;
5182
5183     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5184
5185     int left, right;
5186     while ( iter )
5187     {
5188         r = iter.GetRect();
5189
5190         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5191         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5192         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5193         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5194         //
5195 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5196         int cw, ch;
5197         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5198         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5199             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5200         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5201 #endif
5202
5203         // logical bounds of update region
5204         //
5205         int dummy;
5206         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5207         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5208
5209         // find the cells within these bounds
5210         //
5211         int col;
5212         int colPos;
5213         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5214         {
5215             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5216
5217             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5218                 continue;
5219
5220             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5221                 break;
5222
5223             colLabels.Add( col );
5224         }
5225
5226         ++iter;
5227     }
5228
5229     return colLabels;
5230 }
5231
5232 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5233 {
5234     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5235     wxRect r;
5236
5237     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5238
5239     int left, top, right, bottom;
5240     while ( iter )
5241     {
5242         r = iter.GetRect();
5243
5244         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5245         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5246         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5247         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5248         //
5249 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5250         int cw, ch;
5251         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5252         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5253         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5254         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5255         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5256 #endif
5257
5258         // logical bounds of update region
5259         //
5260         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5261         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5262
5263         // find the cells within these bounds
5264         //
5265         int row, col;
5266         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5267         {
5268             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5269                 continue;
5270
5271             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5272                 break;
5273
5274             int colPos;
5275             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5276             {
5277                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5278
5279                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5280                     continue;
5281
5282                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5283                     break;
5284
5285                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5286             }
5287         }
5288
5289         ++iter;
5290     }
5291
5292     return cellsExposed;
5293 }
5294
5295
5296 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5297 {
5298     int x, y, row;
5299     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5300     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5301
5302     if ( event.Dragging() )
5303     {
5304         if (!m_isDragging)
5305         {
5306             m_isDragging = true;
5307             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5308         }
5309
5310         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5311         {
5312             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5313             {
5314                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5315                 {
5316                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5317                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5318                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5319
5320                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5321                     PrepareDC( dc );
5322                     y = wxMax( y,
5323                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5324                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5325                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5326                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5327                     {
5328                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5329                     }
5330                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5331                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5332                 }
5333                 break;
5334
5335                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5336                 {
5337                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5338                     {
5339                         if ( m_selection )
5340                         {
5341                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5342                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5343                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5344                                                     event.AltDown(),
5345                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5346                         }
5347                     }
5348                 }
5349                 break;
5350
5351                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5352                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5353                 default:
5354                     break;
5355             }
5356         }
5357         return;
5358     }
5359
5360     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5361         return;
5362
5363     if (m_isDragging)
5364     {
5365         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5366             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5367         m_isDragging = false;
5368     }
5369
5370     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5371     //
5372     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5373     {
5374         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5375     }
5376
5377     // ------------ Left button pressed
5378     //
5379     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5380     {
5381         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5382         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5383         // wanting to resize the row
5384         //
5385         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5386         {
5387             row = YToRow(y);
5388             if ( row >= 0 &&
5389                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5390             {
5391                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5392                     ClearSelection();
5393                 if ( m_selection )
5394                 {
5395                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5396                     {
5397                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5398                                                   0,
5399                                                   row,
5400                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5401                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5402                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5403                                                   event.AltDown(),
5404                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5405                     }
5406                     else
5407                     {
5408                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5409                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5410                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5411                                                 event.AltDown(),
5412                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5413                     }
5414                 }
5415
5416                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5417             }
5418         }
5419         else
5420         {
5421             // starting to drag-resize a row
5422             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5423                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5424         }
5425     }
5426
5427     // ------------ Left double click
5428     //
5429     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5430     {
5431         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5432         if ( row < 0 )
5433         {
5434             row = YToRow(y);
5435             if ( row >=0 &&
5436                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5437             {
5438                 // no default action at the moment
5439             }
5440         }
5441         else
5442         {
5443             // adjust row height depending on label text
5444             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5445
5446             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5447             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5448         }
5449     }
5450
5451     // ------------ Left button released
5452     //
5453     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5454     {
5455         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5456         {
5457             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5458
5459             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5460             // default processing in this case
5461             //
5462             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5463         }
5464
5465         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5466         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5467     }
5468
5469     // ------------ Right button down
5470     //
5471     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5472     {
5473         row = YToRow(y);
5474         if ( row >=0 &&
5475              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5476         {
5477             // no default action at the moment
5478         }
5479     }
5480
5481     // ------------ Right double click
5482     //
5483     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5484     {
5485         row = YToRow(y);
5486         if ( row >= 0 &&
5487              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5488         {
5489             // no default action at the moment
5490         }
5491     }
5492
5493     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5494     //
5495     else if ( event.Moving() )
5496     {
5497         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5498         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5499         {
5500             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5501             {
5502                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5503                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5504                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5505             }
5506         }
5507         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5508         {
5509             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5510         }
5511     }
5512 }
5513
5514 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5515 {
5516     int x, y, col;
5517     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5518     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5519
5520     if ( event.Dragging() )
5521     {
5522         if (!m_isDragging)
5523         {
5524             m_isDragging = true;
5525             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5526
5527             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5528                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5529         }
5530
5531         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5532         {
5533             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5534             {
5535                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5536                 {
5537                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5538                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5539                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5540
5541                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5542                     PrepareDC( dc );
5543
5544                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5545                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5546                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5547                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5548                     {
5549                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5550                     }
5551                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5552                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5553                 }
5554                 break;
5555
5556                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5557                 {
5558                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5559                     {
5560                         if ( m_selection )
5561                         {
5562                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5563                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5564                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5565                                                     event.AltDown(),
5566                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5567                         }
5568                     }
5569                 }
5570                 break;
5571
5572                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5573                 {
5574                     if ( x < 0 )
5575                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5576                     else
5577                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5578
5579                     int markerX;
5580
5581                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5582                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5583                     else
5584                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5585
5586                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5587                     {
5588                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5589
5590                         int cw, ch;
5591                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5592
5593                         markerX++;
5594
5595                         //Clean up the last indicator
5596                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5597                         {
5598                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5599                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5600                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5601                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5602
5603                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5604                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5605                         }
5606
5607                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5608                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5609                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5610                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5611                         {
5612                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5613                             return;
5614                         }
5615
5616                         //Draw the marker
5617                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5618                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5619
5620                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5621
5622                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5623
5624                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5625                     }
5626                 }
5627                 break;
5628
5629                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5630                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5631                 default:
5632                     break;
5633             }
5634         }
5635         return;
5636     }
5637
5638     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5639         return;
5640
5641     if (m_isDragging)
5642     {
5643         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5644             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5645         m_isDragging = false;
5646     }
5647
5648     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5649     //
5650     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5651     {
5652         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5653     }
5654
5655     // ------------ Left button pressed
5656     //
5657     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5658     {
5659         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5660         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5661         // wanting to resize the col
5662         //
5663         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5664         {
5665             col = XToCol(x);
5666             if ( col >= 0 &&
5667                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5668             {
5669                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5670                 {
5671                     //Show button as pressed
5672                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5673                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5674                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5675                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5676                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5677                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5678
5679                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5680                 }
5681                 else
5682                 {
5683                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5684                         ClearSelection();
5685                     if ( m_selection )
5686                     {
5687                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5688                         {
5689                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5690                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5691                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5692                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5693                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5694                                                       event.AltDown(),
5695                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5696                         }
5697                         else
5698                         {
5699                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5700                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5701                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5702                                                     event.AltDown(),
5703                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5704                         }
5705                     }
5706
5707                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5708                 }
5709             }
5710         }
5711         else
5712         {
5713             // starting to drag-resize a col
5714             //
5715             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5716                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5717         }
5718     }
5719
5720     // ------------ Left double click
5721     //
5722     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5723     {
5724         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5725         if ( col < 0 )
5726         {
5727             col = XToCol(x);
5728             if ( col >= 0 &&
5729                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5730             {
5731                 // no default action at the moment
5732             }
5733         }
5734         else
5735         {
5736             // adjust column width depending on label text
5737             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5738
5739             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5740             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5741         }
5742     }
5743
5744     // ------------ Left button released
5745     //
5746     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5747     {
5748         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5749         {
5750             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5751                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5752
5753                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5754                 // default processing in this case
5755                 //
5756                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5757                 break;
5758
5759             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5760                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5761
5762                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5763                 break;
5764
5765             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5766             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5767             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5768             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5769                 // nothing to do (?)
5770                 break;
5771         }
5772
5773         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5774         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5775     }
5776
5777     // ------------ Right button down
5778     //
5779     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5780     {
5781         col = XToCol(x);
5782         if ( col >= 0 &&
5783              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5784         {
5785             // no default action at the moment
5786         }
5787     }
5788
5789     // ------------ Right double click
5790     //
5791     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5792     {
5793         col = XToCol(x);
5794         if ( col >= 0 &&
5795              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5796         {
5797             // no default action at the moment
5798         }
5799     }
5800
5801     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5802     //
5803     else if ( event.Moving() )
5804     {
5805         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5806         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5807         {
5808             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5809             {
5810                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5811                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5812                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5813             }
5814         }
5815         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5816         {
5817             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5818         }
5819     }
5820 }
5821
5822 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5823 {
5824     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5825     {
5826         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5827         // col args == -1
5828         //
5829         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5830         {
5831             SelectAll();
5832         }
5833     }
5834     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5835     {
5836         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5837     }
5838     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5839     {
5840         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5841         {
5842             // no default action at the moment
5843         }
5844     }
5845     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5846     {
5847         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5848         {
5849             // no default action at the moment
5850         }
5851     }
5852 }
5853
5854 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5855 {
5856     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5857     if ( m_winCapture )
5858     {
5859         m_isDragging = false;
5860         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5861         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5862         m_winCapture = NULL;
5863
5864         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5865         Refresh();
5866     }
5867 }
5868
5869 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5870                               wxWindow *win,
5871                               bool captureMouse)
5872 {
5873 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5874     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5875     {
5876         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5877         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5878         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5879         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5880         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5881         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5882     };
5883
5884     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5885                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5886                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5887                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5888                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5889                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5890 #endif
5891
5892     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5893          win == m_winCapture &&
5894          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5895         return;
5896
5897     if ( !win )
5898     {
5899         // by default use the grid itself
5900         win = m_gridWin;
5901     }
5902
5903     if ( m_winCapture )
5904     {
5905         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5906             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5907         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5908     }
5909
5910     m_cursorMode = mode;
5911
5912     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5913     {
5914         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5915             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5916             break;
5917
5918         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5919             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5920             break;
5921
5922         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5923             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5924             break;
5925
5926         default:
5927             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5928             break;
5929     }
5930
5931     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5932     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5933                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5934
5935     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5936     {
5937         win->CaptureMouse();
5938         m_winCapture = win;
5939     }
5940 }
5941
5942 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5943 {
5944     int x, y;
5945     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5946     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5947
5948     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5949     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5950
5951     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5952     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5953     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5954     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5955     {
5956         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5957         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5958     }
5959
5960     if ( event.Dragging() )
5961     {
5962         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5963
5964         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5965         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5966         if (! m_isDragging)
5967         {
5968             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5969             {
5970                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5971                 return;
5972             }
5973             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5974                 return;
5975         }
5976
5977         m_isDragging = true;
5978         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5979         {
5980             // Hide the edit control, so it
5981             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5982             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5983             {
5984                 HideCellEditControl();
5985                 SaveEditControlValue();
5986             }
5987
5988             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5989             {
5990                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5991                 {
5992                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5993                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5994                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5995                 }
5996                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5997                 {
5998                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5999                     {
6000                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
6001                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6002
6003                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
6004                                    coords.GetRow(),
6005                                    coords.GetCol(),
6006                                    event );
6007                         return;
6008                     }
6009                 }
6010                 else
6011                 {
6012                     if ( !IsSelection() )
6013                     {
6014                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6015                     }
6016                     else
6017                     {
6018                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
6019                     }
6020                 }
6021
6022                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
6023                 {
6024                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
6025                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
6026                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
6027                 }
6028             }
6029             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
6030             if (! m_winCapture)
6031             {
6032                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6033                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6034             }
6035
6036
6037         }
6038         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6039                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6040         {
6041             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6042             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6043             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6044
6045             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6046             PrepareDC( dc );
6047             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6048                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6049             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6050             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6051             {
6052                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6053             }
6054             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6055             m_dragLastPos = y;
6056         }
6057         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6058                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6059         {
6060             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6061             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6062             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6063
6064             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6065             PrepareDC( dc );
6066             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6067                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6068             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6069             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6070             {
6071                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6072             }
6073             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6074             m_dragLastPos = x;
6075         }
6076
6077         return;
6078     }
6079
6080     m_isDragging = false;
6081     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6082
6083     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6084     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6085     //     wxGTK
6086 #if 0
6087     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6088     {
6089         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6090         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6091     }
6092     else
6093 #endif // 0
6094
6095     // ------------ Left button pressed
6096     //
6097     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6098     {
6099         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6100                        coords.GetRow(),
6101                        coords.GetCol(),
6102                        event ) )
6103         {
6104             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6105                 ClearSelection();
6106             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6107             {
6108                 if ( m_selection )
6109                 {
6110                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6111                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6112                                               coords.GetRow(),
6113                                               coords.GetCol(),
6114                                               event.ControlDown(),
6115                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6116                                               event.AltDown(),
6117                                               event.MetaDown() );
6118                 }
6119             }
6120             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6121                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6122             {
6123                 DisableCellEditControl();
6124                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6125
6126                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6127                 {
6128                     if ( m_selection )
6129                     {
6130                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6131                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6132                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6133                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6134                                                           event.AltDown(),
6135                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6136                     }
6137                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6138                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6139                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6140                 }
6141                 else
6142                 {
6143                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6144                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6145                     if ( m_selection )
6146                     {
6147                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6148                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6149                         {
6150                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6151                         }
6152                     }
6153                 }
6154             }
6155         }
6156     }
6157
6158     // ------------ Left double click
6159     //
6160     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6161     {
6162         DisableCellEditControl();
6163
6164         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6165         {
6166             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6167                              coords.GetRow(),
6168                              coords.GetCol(),
6169                              event ) )
6170             {
6171                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6172                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6173                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6174             }
6175         }
6176     }
6177
6178     // ------------ Left button released
6179     //
6180     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6181     {
6182         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6183         {
6184             if (m_winCapture)
6185             {
6186                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6187                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6188                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6189             }
6190
6191             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6192             {
6193                 ClearSelection();
6194                 EnableCellEditControl();
6195
6196                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6197                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6198                 editor->StartingClick();
6199                 editor->DecRef();
6200                 attr->DecRef();
6201
6202                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6203             }
6204             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6205                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6206             {
6207                 if ( m_selection )
6208                 {
6209                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6210                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6211                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6212                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6213                                               event.ControlDown(),
6214                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6215                                               event.AltDown(),
6216                                               event.MetaDown() );
6217                 }
6218
6219                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6220                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6221
6222                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6223                 // drag-shrinking.
6224                 ShowCellEditControl();
6225             }
6226         }
6227         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6228         {
6229             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6230             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6231
6232             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6233             // default processing in this case
6234             //
6235             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6236         }
6237         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6238         {
6239             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6240             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6241
6242             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6243             // default processing in this case
6244             //
6245             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6246         }
6247
6248         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6249     }
6250
6251     // ------------ Right button down
6252     //
6253     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6254     {
6255         DisableCellEditControl();
6256         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6257                          coords.GetRow(),
6258                          coords.GetCol(),
6259                          event ) )
6260         {
6261             // no default action at the moment
6262         }
6263     }
6264
6265     // ------------ Right double click
6266     //
6267     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6268     {
6269         DisableCellEditControl();
6270         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6271                          coords.GetRow(),
6272                          coords.GetCol(),
6273                          event ) )
6274         {
6275             // no default action at the moment
6276         }
6277     }
6278
6279     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6280     //
6281     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6282     {
6283         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6284         {
6285             // out of grid cell area
6286             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6287             return;
6288         }
6289
6290         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6291         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6292
6293         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6294         // directions is not implemented yet...
6295         //
6296         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6297         {
6298             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6299             return;
6300         }
6301
6302         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6303         {
6304             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6305
6306             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6307             {
6308                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6309                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6310             }
6311         }
6312         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6313         {
6314             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6315
6316             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6317             {
6318                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6319                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6320             }
6321         }
6322         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6323         {
6324             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6325             {
6326                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6327             }
6328         }
6329     }
6330 }
6331
6332 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6333 {
6334     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6335     {
6336         // erase the last line and resize the row
6337         //
6338         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6339         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6340         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6341
6342         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6343         PrepareDC( dc );
6344         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6345         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6346         HideCellEditControl();
6347         SaveEditControlValue();
6348
6349         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6350         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6351                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6352
6353         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6354         {
6355             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6356             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6357             rect.x = 0;
6358             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6359             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6360             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6361             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6362             rect.width = cw;
6363
6364             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6365             if (m_table)
6366             {
6367                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6368                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6369                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6370                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6371                 {
6372                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6373                     {
6374                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6375                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6376                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6377                     }
6378                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6379                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6380                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6381                 }
6382             }
6383             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6384         }
6385
6386         ShowCellEditControl();
6387     }
6388 }
6389
6390
6391 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6392 {
6393     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6394     {
6395         // erase the last line and resize the col
6396         //
6397         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6398         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6399         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6400
6401         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6402         PrepareDC( dc );
6403         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6404         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6405         HideCellEditControl();
6406         SaveEditControlValue();
6407
6408         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6409         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6410                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6411                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6412
6413         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6414         {
6415             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6416             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6417             rect.y = 0;
6418             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6419             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6420             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6421             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6422             rect.height = ch;
6423
6424             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6425             if (m_table)
6426             {
6427                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6428                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6429                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6430                 if (topRow >= 0)
6431                 {
6432                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6433                     {
6434                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6435                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6436                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6437                     }
6438
6439                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6440                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6441                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6442                 }
6443             }
6444
6445             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6446         }
6447
6448         ShowCellEditControl();
6449     }
6450 }
6451
6452 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6453 {
6454     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6455     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6456     {
6457         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6458         return;
6459     }
6460
6461     int newPos;
6462     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6463         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6464     else
6465     {
6466         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6467         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6468             newPos--;
6469     }
6470
6471     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6472 }
6473
6474 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6475 {
6476     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6477     {
6478         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6479
6480         int i;
6481         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6482         {
6483             m_colAt.Add( i );
6484         }
6485     }
6486
6487     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6488
6489     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6490     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6491     {
6492         int i;
6493         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6494         {
6495             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6496         }
6497     }
6498     else
6499     {
6500         int i;
6501         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6502         {
6503             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6504         }
6505     }
6506
6507     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6508
6509     //Recalculate the column rights
6510     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6511     {
6512         int colRight = 0;
6513         int colPos;
6514         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6515         {
6516             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6517
6518             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6519             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6520         }
6521     }
6522
6523     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6524     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6525 }
6526
6527
6528
6529 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6530 {
6531     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6532         return;
6533
6534     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6535
6536     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6537     {
6538         m_colAt.Clear();
6539
6540         //Recalculate the column rights
6541         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6542         {
6543             int colRight = 0;
6544             int colPos;
6545             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6546             {
6547                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6548                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6549             }
6550         }
6551
6552         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6553         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6554     }
6555 }
6556
6557
6558 //
6559 // ------ interaction with data model
6560 //
6561 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6562 {
6563     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6564     {
6565         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6566             return GetModelValues();
6567
6568         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6569             return SetModelValues();
6570
6571         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6572         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6573         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6574         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6575         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6576         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6577             return Redimension( msg );
6578
6579         default:
6580             return false;
6581     }
6582 }
6583
6584 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6585 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6586 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6587 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6588 //
6589 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6590 {
6591     if ( m_table )
6592     {
6593         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6594             DisableCellEditControl();
6595
6596         m_table->Clear();
6597         if (!GetBatchCount())
6598             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6599     }
6600 }
6601
6602 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6603 {
6604     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6605
6606     if ( !m_created )
6607     {
6608         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6609         return false;
6610     }
6611
6612     if ( m_table )
6613     {
6614         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6615             DisableCellEditControl();
6616
6617         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6618         return done;
6619
6620         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6621         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6622     }
6623
6624     return false;
6625 }
6626
6627 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6628 {
6629     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6630
6631     if ( !m_created )
6632     {
6633         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6634         return false;
6635     }
6636
6637     if ( m_table )
6638     {
6639         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6640         return done;
6641
6642         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6643         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6644     }
6645
6646     return false;
6647 }
6648
6649 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6650 {
6651     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6652
6653     if ( !m_created )
6654     {
6655         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6656         return false;
6657     }
6658
6659     if ( m_table )
6660     {
6661         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6662             DisableCellEditControl();
6663
6664         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6665         return done;
6666         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6667         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6668     }
6669
6670     return false;
6671 }
6672
6673 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6674 {
6675     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6676
6677     if ( !m_created )
6678     {
6679         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6680         return false;
6681     }
6682
6683     if ( m_table )
6684     {
6685         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6686             DisableCellEditControl();
6687
6688         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6689         return done;
6690         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6691         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6692     }
6693
6694     return false;
6695 }
6696
6697 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6698 {
6699     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6700
6701     if ( !m_created )
6702     {
6703         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6704         return false;
6705     }
6706
6707     if ( m_table )
6708     {
6709         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6710         return done;
6711         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6712         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6713     }
6714
6715     return false;
6716 }
6717
6718 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6719 {
6720     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6721
6722     if ( !m_created )
6723     {
6724         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6725         return false;
6726     }
6727
6728     if ( m_table )
6729     {
6730         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6731             DisableCellEditControl();
6732
6733         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6734         return done;
6735         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6736         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6737     }
6738
6739     return false;
6740 }
6741
6742 //
6743 // ----- event handlers
6744 //
6745
6746 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6747 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6748 //
6749 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6750                         int row, int col,
6751                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6752 {
6753    bool claimed, vetoed;
6754
6755    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6756    {
6757        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6758
6759        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6760                type,
6761                this,
6762                rowOrCol,
6763                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6764                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6765                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6766                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6767                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6768                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6769
6770        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6771        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6772    }
6773    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6774    {
6775        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6776        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6777                type,
6778                this,
6779                m_selectingTopLeft,
6780                m_selectingBottomRight,
6781                true,
6782                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6783                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6784                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6785                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6786
6787        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6788        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6789    }
6790    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6791              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6792              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6793              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6794    {
6795        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6796
6797        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6798            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6799        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6800            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6801
6802        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6803                type,
6804                this,
6805                row, col,
6806                pos.x,
6807                pos.y,
6808                false,
6809                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6810                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6811                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6812                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6813        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6814        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6815    }
6816    else
6817    {
6818        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6819                type,
6820                this,
6821                row, col,
6822                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6823                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6824                false,
6825                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6826                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6827                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6828                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6829        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6830        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6831    }
6832
6833    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6834    if (vetoed)
6835        return -1;
6836
6837    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6838 }
6839
6840 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6841 // of ProcessEvent().
6842 //
6843 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6844                         int row, int col )
6845 {
6846    bool claimed, vetoed;
6847
6848     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6849     {
6850         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6851
6852         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6853
6854         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6855         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6856     }
6857     else
6858     {
6859         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6860
6861         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6862         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6863      }
6864
6865     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6866     if (vetoed)
6867         return -1;
6868
6869     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6870 }
6871
6872 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6873 {
6874     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6875     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6876 }
6877
6878 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6879 {
6880     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6881     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6882     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6883     {
6884         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6885         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6886
6887         if (rect)
6888         {
6889             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6890             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6891             int x, y;
6892
6893             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6894             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6895             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6896             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6897             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6898
6899             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6900             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6901                 width_label = rectWidth;
6902
6903             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6904             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6905                 height_label = rectHeight;
6906
6907             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6908             {
6909                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6910                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6911             }
6912             else
6913             {
6914                 x = 0;
6915                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6916             }
6917
6918             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6919             {
6920                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6921                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6922             }
6923             else
6924             {
6925                 y = 0;
6926                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6927             }
6928
6929             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6930             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6931             {
6932                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6933                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6934             }
6935
6936             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6937             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6938             {
6939                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6940                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6941             }
6942
6943             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6944             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6945             {
6946                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6947                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6948             }
6949
6950             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6951             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6952             {
6953                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6954                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6955             }
6956         }
6957         else
6958         {
6959             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6960             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6961             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6962             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6963         }
6964     }
6965 }
6966
6967 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6968 {
6969     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6970     {
6971         // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6972         CalcDimensions();
6973     }
6974 }
6975
6976 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6977 {
6978     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6979     {
6980         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6981         //
6982         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6983     }
6984
6985     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6986
6987     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6988     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6989     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6990     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6991
6992     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6993     {
6994         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6995         {
6996             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6997                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6998             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6999                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
7000         }
7001
7002         // try local handlers
7003         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
7004         {
7005             case WXK_UP:
7006                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7007                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7008                 else
7009                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
7010                 break;
7011
7012             case WXK_DOWN:
7013                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7014                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7015                 else
7016                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7017                 break;
7018
7019             case WXK_LEFT:
7020                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7021                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7022                 else
7023                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7024                 break;
7025
7026             case WXK_RIGHT:
7027                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7028                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7029                 else
7030                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7031                 break;
7032
7033             case WXK_RETURN:
7034             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7035                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7036                 {
7037                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7038                 }
7039                 else
7040                 {
7041                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7042                     {
7043                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7044                     }
7045                     else
7046                     {
7047                         // at the bottom of a column
7048                         DisableCellEditControl();
7049                     }
7050                 }
7051                 break;
7052
7053             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7054                 ClearSelection();
7055                 break;
7056
7057             case WXK_TAB:
7058                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7059                 {
7060                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7061                     {
7062                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7063                     }
7064                     else
7065                     {
7066                         // at left of grid
7067                         DisableCellEditControl();
7068                     }
7069                 }
7070                 else
7071                 {
7072                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7073                     {
7074                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7075                     }
7076                     else
7077                     {
7078                         // at right of grid
7079                         DisableCellEditControl();
7080                     }
7081                 }
7082                 break;
7083
7084             case WXK_HOME:
7085                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7086                 {
7087                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7088                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7089                 }
7090                 else
7091                 {
7092                     event.Skip();
7093                 }
7094                 break;
7095
7096             case WXK_END:
7097                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7098                 {
7099                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7100                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7101                 }
7102                 else
7103                 {
7104                     event.Skip();
7105                 }
7106                 break;
7107
7108             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7109                 MovePageUp();
7110                 break;
7111
7112             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7113                 MovePageDown();
7114                 break;
7115
7116             case WXK_SPACE:
7117                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7118                 {
7119                     if ( m_selection )
7120                     {
7121                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7122                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7123                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7124                             event.ControlDown(),
7125                             event.ShiftDown(),
7126                             event.AltDown(),
7127                             event.MetaDown() );
7128                     }
7129                     break;
7130                 }
7131
7132                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7133                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7134                 else
7135                     event.Skip();
7136                 break;
7137
7138             default:
7139                 event.Skip();
7140                 break;
7141         }
7142     }
7143
7144     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7145 }
7146
7147 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7148 {
7149     // try local handlers
7150     //
7151     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7152     {
7153         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7154              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7155         {
7156             if ( m_selection )
7157             {
7158                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7159                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7160                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7161                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7162                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7163                     event.ControlDown(),
7164                     true,
7165                     event.AltDown(),
7166                     event.MetaDown() );
7167             }
7168         }
7169
7170         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7171         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7172         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7173     }
7174 }
7175
7176 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7177 {
7178     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7179     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7180     {
7181         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7182         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7183         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7184         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7185         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7186
7187         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7188         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7189         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7190              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7191         {
7192             // ensure cell is visble
7193             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7194             EnableCellEditControl();
7195
7196             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7197             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7198             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7199             // crash the app
7200             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7201                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7202         }
7203         else
7204         {
7205             event.Skip();
7206         }
7207
7208         editor->DecRef();
7209         attr->DecRef();
7210     }
7211     else
7212     {
7213         event.Skip();
7214     }
7215 }
7216
7217 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7218 {
7219 }
7220
7221 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7222 {
7223     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7224     {
7225         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7226         return;
7227     }
7228
7229 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7230     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7231     PrepareDC( dc );
7232 #endif
7233
7234     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7235     {
7236         DisableCellEditControl();
7237
7238         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7239         {
7240             wxRect r;
7241             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7242             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7243             {
7244                 r.x--;
7245                 r.y--;
7246                 r.width++;
7247                 r.height++;
7248             }
7249
7250             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7251
7252             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7253             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7254
7255 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7256             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7257 #else
7258             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7259             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7260 #endif
7261         }
7262     }
7263
7264     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7265
7266     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7267 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7268     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7269 #endif
7270     attr->DecRef();
7271 }
7272
7273 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7274 {
7275     int temp;
7276     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7277
7278     if ( m_selection )
7279     {
7280         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7281         {
7282             leftCol = 0;
7283             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7284         }
7285         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7286         {
7287             topRow = 0;
7288             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7289         }
7290     }
7291
7292     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7293     {
7294         temp = topRow;
7295         topRow = bottomRow;
7296         bottomRow = temp;
7297     }
7298
7299     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7300     {
7301         temp = leftCol;
7302         leftCol = rightCol;
7303         rightCol = temp;
7304     }
7305
7306     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7307     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7308
7309     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7310     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7311          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7312     {
7313         wxRect rect;
7314         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7315                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7316         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7317     }
7318
7319     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7320     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7321               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7322     {
7323         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7324         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7325         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7326         wxRect  rect[4];
7327         bool    need_refresh[4];
7328         need_refresh[0] =
7329         need_refresh[1] =
7330         need_refresh[2] =
7331         need_refresh[3] = false;
7332         int     i;
7333
7334         // Store intermediate values
7335         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7336         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7337         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7338         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7339
7340         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7341         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7342         {
7343             temp = oldLeft;
7344             oldLeft = leftCol;
7345             leftCol = temp;
7346         }
7347         if (oldTop > topRow )
7348         {
7349             temp = oldTop;
7350             oldTop = topRow;
7351             topRow = temp;
7352         }
7353         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7354         {
7355             temp = oldRight;
7356             oldRight = rightCol;
7357             rightCol = temp;
7358         }
7359         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7360         {
7361             temp = oldBottom;
7362             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7363             bottomRow = temp;
7364         }
7365
7366         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7367         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7368         // is contained in the other.
7369
7370         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7371         {
7372             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7373             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7374             need_refresh[0] = true;
7375             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7376                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7377                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7378         }
7379
7380         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7381         {
7382             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7383             // area above the old or new selection.
7384             need_refresh[1] = true;
7385             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7386                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7387                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7388         }
7389
7390         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7391         {
7392             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7393             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7394             need_refresh[2] = true;
7395             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7396                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7397                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7398         }
7399
7400         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7401         {
7402             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7403             // area below the old or new selection.
7404             need_refresh[3] = true;
7405             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7406                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7407                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7408         }
7409
7410         // various Refresh() calls
7411         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7412             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7413                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7414     }
7415
7416     // change selection
7417     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7418     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7419 }
7420
7421 //
7422 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7423 //
7424
7425 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7426 {
7427     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7428     HideCellEditControl();
7429
7430     if ( m_table )
7431     {
7432         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7433         //
7434         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7435         return true;
7436     }
7437
7438     return false;
7439 }
7440
7441 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7442 {
7443     int row, col;
7444
7445     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7446     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7447     // I think so ...
7448     DisableCellEditControl();
7449
7450     if ( m_table )
7451     {
7452         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7453         {
7454             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7455             {
7456                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7457             }
7458         }
7459
7460         return true;
7461     }
7462
7463     return false;
7464 }
7465
7466 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7467 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7468 // CalcExposedCells)
7469 //
7470 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7471 {
7472     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7473         return;
7474
7475     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7476     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7477     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7478
7479     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7480     {
7481         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7482         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7483         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7484
7485         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7486         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7487         {
7488             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7489             bool marked = false;
7490             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7491             {
7492                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7493                 {
7494                     marked = true;
7495                     break;
7496                 }
7497             }
7498
7499             if (!marked)
7500             {
7501                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7502                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7503                 {
7504                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7505                     {
7506                         marked = true;
7507                         break;
7508                     }
7509                 }
7510
7511                 if (!marked)
7512                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7513             }
7514
7515             // don't bother drawing this cell
7516             continue;
7517         }
7518
7519         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7520         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7521         {
7522             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7523             {
7524                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7525                 int left = col;
7526                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7527                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7528                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7529                     {
7530                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7531                     }
7532
7533                 if (left == col)
7534                     left = 0; // oh well
7535
7536                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7537                 {
7538                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7539                     {
7540                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7541                         {
7542                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7543                             bool marked = false;
7544
7545                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7546                             {
7547                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7548                                 {
7549                                     marked = true;
7550                                     break;
7551                                 }
7552                             }
7553
7554                             if (!marked)
7555                             {
7556                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7557                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7558                                 {
7559                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7560                                     {
7561                                         marked = true;
7562                                         break;
7563                                     }
7564                                 }
7565                                 if (!marked)
7566                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7567                             }
7568                         }
7569                         break;
7570                     }
7571                 }
7572             }
7573         }
7574
7575         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7576     }
7577
7578     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7579
7580     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7581     {
7582         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7583     }
7584 }
7585
7586 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7587 {
7588   int cw, ch;
7589   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7590
7591   int right, bottom;
7592   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7593
7594   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7595   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7596
7597   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7598   {
7599       int left, top;
7600       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7601
7602       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7603       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7604
7605       if ( right > rightCol )
7606       {
7607           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7608       }
7609
7610       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7611       {
7612           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7613       }
7614   }
7615 }
7616
7617 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7618 {
7619     int row = coords.GetRow();
7620     int col = coords.GetCol();
7621
7622     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7623         return;
7624
7625     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7626 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7627     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7628         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7629 #endif
7630
7631     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7632
7633     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7634
7635     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7636
7637     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7638     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7639     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7640     {
7641         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7642         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7643         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7644         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7645 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7646         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7647         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7648         editor->DecRef();
7649 #endif
7650     }
7651     else
7652     {
7653         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7654         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7655         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7656         renderer->DecRef();
7657     }
7658
7659     attr->DecRef();
7660 }
7661
7662 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7663 {
7664     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7665     if ( !HasFocus() )
7666         return;
7667
7668     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7669     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7670
7671     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7672         return;
7673
7674     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7675
7676     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7677     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7678     // it doesn't look really good
7679
7680     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7681
7682     if (penWidth > 0)
7683     {
7684         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7685         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7686         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7687         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7688         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7689         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7690         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7691         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7692         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7693
7694         // Now draw the rectangle
7695         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7696         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7697         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7698         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7699         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7700     }
7701
7702 #if 0
7703         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7704
7705         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7706         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7707                 y1 = rect.y,
7708                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7709                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7710
7711         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7712         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7713         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7714
7715         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7716         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7717
7718         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7719         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7720         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7721 #endif
7722 }
7723
7724 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7725 {
7726     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7727 }
7728
7729 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7730 {
7731     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7732 }
7733
7734 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7735 {
7736     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7737 }
7738
7739 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7740 {
7741     int row = coords.GetRow();
7742     int col = coords.GetCol();
7743     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7744         return;
7745
7746
7747     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7748
7749     // right hand border
7750     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7751     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7752                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7753
7754     // bottom border
7755     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7756     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7757                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7758 }
7759
7760 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7761 {
7762     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7763     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7764     //
7765     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7766          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7767     {
7768         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7769     }
7770
7771     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7772     {
7773         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7774         return;
7775     }
7776
7777     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7778     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7779     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7780     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7781     {
7782         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7783         {
7784             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7785             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7786             attr->DecRef();
7787
7788             break;
7789         }
7790     }
7791 }
7792
7793 // TODO: remove this ???
7794 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7795 // has been changed
7796 //
7797 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7798 {
7799 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7800     return;
7801 #endif
7802
7803     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7804          return;
7805
7806     int top, bottom, left, right;
7807
7808 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7809     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7810     {
7811       int cw, ch;
7812       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7813
7814       // virtual coords of visible area
7815       //
7816       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7817       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7818     }
7819     else
7820     {
7821       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7822       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7823       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7824       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7825     }
7826 #else
7827       int cw, ch;
7828       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7829       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7830       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7831 #endif
7832
7833     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7834     //
7835     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7836     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7837
7838     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7839     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7840     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7841     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7842     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7843
7844     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7845
7846     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7847     wxRect rect;
7848
7849     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7850     {
7851         int colPos;
7852         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7853         {
7854             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7855
7856             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7857             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7858             {
7859                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7860                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7861                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7862             }
7863             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7864             {
7865                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7866                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7867                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7868             }
7869         }
7870     }
7871
7872     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7873
7874
7875     // horizontal grid lines
7876     //
7877     // already declared above - int i;
7878     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7879     {
7880         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7881
7882         if ( bot > bottom )
7883         {
7884             break;
7885         }
7886
7887         if ( bot >= top )
7888         {
7889             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7890             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7891         }
7892     }
7893
7894     // vertical grid lines
7895     //
7896     int colPos;
7897     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7898     {
7899         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7900
7901         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7902 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7903         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7904 #endif
7905             colRight--;
7906
7907         if ( colRight > right )
7908         {
7909             break;
7910         }
7911
7912         if ( colRight >= left )
7913         {
7914             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7915             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7916         }
7917     }
7918
7919     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7920 }
7921
7922 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7923 {
7924     if ( !m_numRows )
7925         return;
7926
7927     size_t i;
7928     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7929
7930     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7931     {
7932         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7933     }
7934 }
7935
7936 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7937 {
7938     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7939         return;
7940
7941     wxRect rect;
7942
7943     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7944         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7945
7946     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7947     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7948     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7949     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7950
7951     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7952     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7953     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7954
7955     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7956     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7957     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7958
7959     int hAlign, vAlign;
7960     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7961
7962     rect.SetX( 2 );
7963     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7964     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7965     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7966     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7967 }
7968
7969 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7970 {
7971     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7972     if (native)
7973     {
7974         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7975         SetColLabelSize( height );
7976     }
7977
7978     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7979 }
7980
7981 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7982 {
7983     if ( !m_numCols )
7984         return;
7985
7986     size_t i;
7987     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7988
7989     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7990     {
7991         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7992     }
7993 }
7994
7995 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7996 {
7997     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7998         return;
7999
8000     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
8001
8002     wxRect rect;
8003
8004     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
8005     {
8006         rect.SetX( colLeft);
8007         rect.SetY( 0 );
8008         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
8009         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
8010
8011         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
8012         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
8013     }
8014     else
8015     {
8016         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
8017
8018         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
8019         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8020         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
8021         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8022                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8023
8024         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8025         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8026         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8027     }
8028
8029     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8030     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8031     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8032
8033     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8034     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8035     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8036
8037     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8038     rect.SetY( 2 );
8039     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8040     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8041     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8042 }
8043
8044 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8045                                 const wxString& value,
8046                                 const wxRect& rect,
8047                                 int horizAlign,
8048                                 int vertAlign,
8049                                 int textOrientation )
8050 {
8051     wxArrayString lines;
8052
8053     StringToLines( value, lines );
8054
8055     // Forward to new API.
8056     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8057         lines,
8058         rect,
8059         horizAlign,
8060         vertAlign,
8061         textOrientation );
8062 }
8063
8064 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8065 //     add textOrientation support
8066 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8067                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8068                                const wxRect& rect,
8069                                int horizAlign,
8070                                int vertAlign,
8071                                int textOrientation)
8072 {
8073     if ( lines.empty() )
8074         return;
8075
8076     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8077
8078     long textWidth,
8079          textHeight;
8080
8081     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8082         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8083     else
8084         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8085
8086     int x = 0,
8087         y = 0;
8088     switch ( vertAlign )
8089     {
8090         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8091             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8092                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8093             else
8094                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8095             break;
8096
8097         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8098             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8099                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8100             else
8101                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8102             break;
8103
8104         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8105         default:
8106             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8107                 y = rect.y + 1;
8108             else
8109                 x = rect.x + 1;
8110             break;
8111     }
8112
8113     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8114     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8115     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8116     {
8117         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8118
8119         if ( line.empty() )
8120         {
8121             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8122             continue;
8123         }
8124
8125         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8126              lineHeight = 0;
8127         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8128
8129         switch ( horizAlign )
8130         {
8131             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8132                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8133                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8134                 else
8135                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8136                 break;
8137
8138             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8139                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8140                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8141                 else
8142                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8143                 break;
8144
8145             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8146             default:
8147                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8148                     x = rect.x + 1;
8149                 else
8150                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8151                 break;
8152         }
8153
8154         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8155         {
8156             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8157             y += lineHeight;
8158         }
8159         else
8160         {
8161             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8162             x += lineHeight;
8163         }
8164     }
8165 }
8166
8167 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8168 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8169 //
8170 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8171 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8172 {
8173     int startPos = 0;
8174     int pos;
8175     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8176     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8177
8178     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8179     {
8180         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8181         if ( pos < 0 )
8182         {
8183             break;
8184         }
8185         else if ( pos == 0 )
8186         {
8187             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8188         }
8189         else
8190         {
8191             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8192         }
8193
8194         startPos += pos + 1;
8195     }
8196
8197     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8198     {
8199         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8200     }
8201 }
8202
8203 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8204                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8205                              long *width, long *height ) const
8206 {
8207     wxCoord w = 0;
8208     wxCoord h = 0;
8209     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8210
8211     size_t i;
8212     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8213     {
8214         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8215         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8216         h += lineH;
8217     }
8218
8219     *width = w;
8220     *height = h;
8221 }
8222
8223 //
8224 // ------ Batch processing.
8225 //
8226 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8227 {
8228     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8229     {
8230         m_batchCount--;
8231         if ( !m_batchCount )
8232         {
8233             CalcDimensions();
8234             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8235             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8236             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8237             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8238         }
8239     }
8240 }
8241
8242 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8243 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8244 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8245 //
8246 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8247 {
8248     BeginBatch();
8249     EndBatch();
8250 }
8251
8252 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8253 {
8254     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8255         return false;
8256
8257     // redraw in the new state
8258     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8259
8260     return true;
8261 }
8262
8263 //
8264 // ------ Edit control functions
8265 //
8266
8267 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8268 {
8269     // TODO: improve this ?
8270     //
8271     if ( edit != m_editable )
8272     {
8273         if (!edit)
8274             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8275         m_editable = edit;
8276     }
8277 }
8278
8279 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8280 {
8281     if (! m_editable)
8282         return;
8283
8284     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8285     {
8286         if ( enable )
8287         {
8288             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8289                 return;
8290
8291             // this should be checked by the caller!
8292             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8293
8294             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8295             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8296
8297             ShowCellEditControl();
8298         }
8299         else
8300         {
8301             //FIXME:add veto support
8302             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8303
8304             HideCellEditControl();
8305             SaveEditControlValue();
8306
8307             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8308             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8309         }
8310     }
8311 }
8312
8313 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8314 {
8315     // const_cast
8316     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8317     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8318     attr->DecRef();
8319
8320     return readonly;
8321 }
8322
8323 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8324 {
8325     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8326         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8327 }
8328
8329 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8330 {
8331     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8332     // current one if it's read only
8333     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8334 }
8335
8336 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8337 {
8338     bool isShown = false;
8339
8340     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8341     {
8342         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8343         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8344         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8345         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8346         attr->DecRef();
8347
8348         if ( editor )
8349         {
8350             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8351             {
8352                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8353             }
8354
8355             editor->DecRef();
8356         }
8357     }
8358
8359     return isShown;
8360 }
8361
8362 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8363 {
8364     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8365     {
8366         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8367         {
8368             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8369             return;
8370         }
8371         else
8372         {
8373             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8374             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8375             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8376
8377             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8378             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8379             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8380             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8381             {
8382                 row += cell_rows;
8383                 col += cell_cols;
8384                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8385                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8386             }
8387
8388             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8389             // might not cover the entire cell
8390             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8391             PrepareDC( dc );
8392             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8393             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8394             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8395             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8396
8397             // convert to scrolled coords
8398             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8399
8400             int nXMove = 0;
8401             if (rect.x < 0)
8402                 nXMove = rect.x;
8403
8404             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8405             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8406             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8407             // "don't change."
8408             if (rect.x > 0)
8409                 rect.x--;
8410             if (rect.y > 0)
8411                 rect.y--;
8412
8413             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8414             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8415             {
8416                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8417                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8418
8419                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8420                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8421                                              this,
8422                                              row,
8423                                              col,
8424                                              editor->GetControl());
8425                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8426             }
8427
8428             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8429             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8430             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8431             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8432             {
8433                 int y;
8434                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8435                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8436                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8437             }
8438
8439             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8440             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8441                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8442
8443             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8444             {
8445                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8446                 // may have changed earlier
8447                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8448                 {
8449                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8450                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8451
8452                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8453                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8454                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8455                     {
8456                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8457                     }
8458                     else
8459                         break;
8460                 }
8461
8462                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8463                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8464             }
8465
8466             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8467             editor->SetSize( rect );
8468             if (nXMove != 0)
8469                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8470                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8471                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8472             editor->Show( true, attr );
8473
8474             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8475             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8476             CalcDimensions();
8477
8478             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8479             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8480
8481             editor->DecRef();
8482             attr->DecRef();
8483         }
8484     }
8485 }
8486
8487 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8488 {
8489     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8490     {
8491         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8492         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8493
8494         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8495         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8496         editor->Show( false );
8497         editor->DecRef();
8498         attr->DecRef();
8499
8500         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8501
8502         // refresh whole row to the right
8503         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8504         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8505         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8506
8507 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8508         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8509         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8510 #endif
8511
8512         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8513     }
8514 }
8515
8516 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8517 {
8518     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8519     {
8520         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8521         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8522
8523         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8524
8525         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8526         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8527         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8528
8529         editor->DecRef();
8530         attr->DecRef();
8531
8532         if (changed)
8533         {
8534             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8535                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8536                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8537             {
8538                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8539                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8540             }
8541         }
8542     }
8543 }
8544
8545 //
8546 // ------ Grid location functions
8547 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8548 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8549 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8550 //
8551
8552 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8553 {
8554     int row = YToRow(y);
8555     int col = XToCol(x);
8556
8557     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8558     {
8559         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8560     }
8561     else
8562     {
8563         coords.Set( row, col );
8564     }
8565 }
8566
8567 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8568 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8569 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8570 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8571
8572 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8573                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8574                            bool clipToMinMax)
8575 {
8576     if (coord < 0)
8577         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8578
8579     if (!defaultDist)
8580         defaultDist = 1;
8581
8582     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8583            i_min = 0;
8584
8585     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8586     {
8587         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8588             return i_max;
8589         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8590     }
8591
8592     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8593     {
8594         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8595     }
8596     else
8597     {
8598         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8599         {
8600             i_min = i_max;
8601             if (minDist)
8602                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8603             else
8604                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8605         }
8606
8607         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8608             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8609     }
8610
8611     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8612         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8613     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8614         return 0;
8615
8616     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8617     {
8618         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8619                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8620         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8621             return i_max;
8622         else
8623             i_max--;
8624         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8625         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8626             i_max = median;
8627         else
8628             i_min = median;
8629     }
8630
8631     return i_max;
8632 }
8633
8634 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8635 {
8636     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8637                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8638 }
8639
8640 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8641 {
8642     if (x < 0)
8643         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8644
8645     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8646
8647     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8648     int minPos = 0;
8649
8650     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8651     {
8652         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8653             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8654         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8655     }
8656
8657     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8658         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8659     else
8660     {
8661         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8662         {
8663             minPos = maxPos;
8664             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8665                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8666             else
8667                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8668         }
8669         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8670             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8671     }
8672
8673     //X is beyond the last column
8674     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8675         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8676
8677     //X is before the first column
8678     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8679         return GetColAt( 0 );
8680
8681     //Perform a binary search
8682     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8683     {
8684         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8685                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8686
8687         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8688             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8689         else
8690             maxPos--;
8691         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8692         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8693             maxPos = median;
8694         else
8695             minPos = median;
8696     }
8697     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8698 }
8699
8700 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8701 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8702 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8703 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8704 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8705 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8706 //        near the edge).
8707 //   and
8708 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8709 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8710 //
8711 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8712 {
8713     int i;
8714     i = internalYToRow(y);
8715
8716     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8717     {
8718         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8719         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8720         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8721             return i;
8722         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8723             return i - 1;
8724     }
8725
8726     return -1;
8727 }
8728
8729 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8730 // -1 if not near an edge
8731 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8732 //
8733 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8734 {
8735     int i;
8736     i = internalXToCol(x);
8737
8738     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8739     {
8740         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8741         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8742         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8743             return i;
8744         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8745             return i - 1;
8746     }
8747
8748     return -1;
8749 }
8750
8751 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8752 {
8753     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8754
8755     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8756          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8757     {
8758         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8759         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8760         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8761         // if negative then find multicell owner
8762         if (cell_rows < 0)
8763             row += cell_rows;
8764         if (cell_cols < 0)
8765              col += cell_cols;
8766         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8767
8768         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8769         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8770         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8771             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8772         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8773             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8774     }
8775
8776     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8777     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8778     {
8779         rect.width -= 1;
8780         rect.height -= 1;
8781     }
8782
8783     return rect;
8784 }
8785
8786 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8787 {
8788     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8789     //
8790     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8791
8792     // convert to device coords
8793     //
8794     int left, top, right, bottom;
8795     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8796     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8797
8798     // check against the client area of the grid window
8799     int cw, ch;
8800     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8801
8802     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8803     {
8804         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8805         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8806                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8807     }
8808     else
8809     {
8810         // is the cell partly visible ?
8811         //
8812         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8813                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8814     }
8815 }
8816
8817 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8818 // of scrolling
8819 //
8820 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8821 {
8822     int i;
8823     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8824
8825     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8826          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8827     {
8828         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8829         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8830
8831         // convert to device coords
8832         int left, top, right, bottom;
8833         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8834         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8835
8836         int cw, ch;
8837         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8838
8839         if ( top < 0 )
8840         {
8841             ypos = r.GetTop();
8842         }
8843         else if ( bottom > ch )
8844         {
8845             int h = r.GetHeight();
8846             ypos = r.GetTop();
8847             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8848             {
8849                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8850                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8851                     break;
8852
8853                 h += rowHeight;
8854                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8855             }
8856
8857             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8858             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8859             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8860             //
8861             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8862             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8863             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8864         }
8865
8866         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8867         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8868         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8869 //      if ( left < 0 )
8870         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8871         {
8872             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8873         }
8874         else if ( right > cw )
8875         {
8876             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8877             int x0, y0;
8878             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8879             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8880
8881             // see comment for ypos above
8882             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8883         }
8884
8885         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8886         {
8887             if ( xpos != -1 )
8888                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8889             if ( ypos != -1 )
8890                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8891             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8892             AdjustScrollbars();
8893         }
8894     }
8895 }
8896
8897 //
8898 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8899 //
8900
8901 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8902 {
8903     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8904          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8905     {
8906         if ( expandSelection )
8907         {
8908             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8909                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8910             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8911             {
8912                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8913                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8914                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8915                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8916             }
8917         }
8918         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8919         {
8920             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8921             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8922             ClearSelection();
8923             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8924             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8925         }
8926         else
8927             return false;
8928
8929         return true;
8930     }
8931
8932     return false;
8933 }
8934
8935 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8936 {
8937     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8938          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8939     {
8940         if ( expandSelection )
8941         {
8942             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8943                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8944             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8945             {
8946                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8947                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8948                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8949                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8950             }
8951         }
8952         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8953         {
8954             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8955             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8956             ClearSelection();
8957             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8958             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8959         }
8960         else
8961             return false;
8962
8963         return true;
8964     }
8965
8966     return false;
8967 }
8968
8969 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8970 {
8971     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8972          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8973     {
8974         if ( expandSelection )
8975         {
8976             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8977                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8978             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8979             {
8980                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8981                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8982                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8983                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8984             }
8985         }
8986         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8987         {
8988             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8989             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8990             ClearSelection();
8991
8992             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8993             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8994         }
8995         else
8996             return false;
8997
8998         return true;
8999     }
9000
9001     return false;
9002 }
9003
9004 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
9005 {
9006     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9007          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
9008     {
9009         if ( expandSelection )
9010         {
9011             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9012                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
9013             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9014             {
9015                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
9016                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
9017                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
9018                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9019             }
9020         }
9021         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
9022         {
9023             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9024             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
9025             ClearSelection();
9026
9027             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9028             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9029         }
9030         else
9031             return false;
9032
9033         return true;
9034     }
9035
9036     return false;
9037 }
9038
9039 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9040 {
9041     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9042         return false;
9043
9044     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9045     if ( row > 0 )
9046     {
9047         int cw, ch;
9048         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9049
9050         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9051         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9052
9053         if ( newRow == row )
9054         {
9055             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9056             newRow = row - 1;
9057         }
9058
9059         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9060         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9061
9062         return true;
9063     }
9064
9065     return false;
9066 }
9067
9068 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9069 {
9070     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9071         return false;
9072
9073     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9074     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9075     {
9076         int cw, ch;
9077         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9078
9079         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9080         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9081         if ( newRow == row )
9082         {
9083             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9084             newRow = row + 1;
9085         }
9086
9087         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9088         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9089
9090         return true;
9091     }
9092
9093     return false;
9094 }
9095
9096 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9097 {
9098     if ( m_table &&
9099          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9100          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9101     {
9102         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9103         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9104
9105         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9106         {
9107             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9108             // non-empty cells
9109             //
9110             while ( row > 0 )
9111             {
9112                 row--;
9113                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9114                     break;
9115             }
9116         }
9117         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9118         {
9119             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9120             //
9121             row--;
9122             while ( row > 0 )
9123             {
9124                 row--;
9125                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9126                     break;
9127             }
9128         }
9129         else
9130         {
9131             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9132             //
9133             while ( row > 0 )
9134             {
9135                 row--;
9136                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9137                 {
9138                     row++;
9139                     break;
9140                 }
9141             }
9142         }
9143
9144         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9145         if ( expandSelection )
9146         {
9147             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9148             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9149         }
9150         else
9151         {
9152             ClearSelection();
9153             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9154         }
9155
9156         return true;
9157     }
9158
9159     return false;
9160 }
9161
9162 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9163 {
9164     if ( m_table &&
9165          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9166          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9167     {
9168         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9169         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9170
9171         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9172         {
9173             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9174             // non-empty cells
9175             //
9176             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9177             {
9178                 row++;
9179                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9180                     break;
9181             }
9182         }
9183         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9184         {
9185             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9186             //
9187             row++;
9188             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9189             {
9190                 row++;
9191                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9192                     break;
9193             }
9194         }
9195         else
9196         {
9197             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9198             //
9199             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9200             {
9201                 row++;
9202                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9203                 {
9204                     row--;
9205                     break;
9206                 }
9207             }
9208         }
9209
9210         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9211         if ( expandSelection )
9212         {
9213             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9214             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9215         }
9216         else
9217         {
9218             ClearSelection();
9219             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9220         }
9221
9222         return true;
9223     }
9224
9225     return false;
9226 }
9227
9228 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9229 {
9230     if ( m_table &&
9231          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9232          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9233     {
9234         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9235         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9236
9237         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9238         {
9239             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9240             // non-empty cells
9241             //
9242             while ( col > 0 )
9243             {
9244                 col--;
9245                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9246                     break;
9247             }
9248         }
9249         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9250         {
9251             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9252             //
9253             col--;
9254             while ( col > 0 )
9255             {
9256                 col--;
9257                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9258                     break;
9259             }
9260         }
9261         else
9262         {
9263             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9264             //
9265             while ( col > 0 )
9266             {
9267                 col--;
9268                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9269                 {
9270                     col++;
9271                     break;
9272                 }
9273             }
9274         }
9275
9276         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9277         if ( expandSelection )
9278         {
9279             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9280             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9281         }
9282         else
9283         {
9284             ClearSelection();
9285             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9286         }
9287
9288         return true;
9289     }
9290
9291     return false;
9292 }
9293
9294 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9295 {
9296     if ( m_table &&
9297          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9298          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9299     {
9300         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9301         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9302
9303         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9304         {
9305             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9306             // non-empty cells
9307             //
9308             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9309             {
9310                 col++;
9311                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9312                     break;
9313             }
9314         }
9315         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9316         {
9317             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9318             //
9319             col++;
9320             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9321             {
9322                 col++;
9323                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9324                     break;
9325             }
9326         }
9327         else
9328         {
9329             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9330             //
9331             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9332             {
9333                 col++;
9334                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9335                 {
9336                     col--;
9337                     break;
9338                 }
9339             }
9340         }
9341
9342         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9343         if ( expandSelection )
9344         {
9345             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9346             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9347         }
9348         else
9349         {
9350             ClearSelection();
9351             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9352         }
9353
9354         return true;
9355     }
9356
9357     return false;
9358 }
9359
9360 //
9361 // ------ Label values and formatting
9362 //
9363
9364 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9365 {
9366     if ( horiz )
9367         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9368     if ( vert )
9369         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9370 }
9371
9372 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9373 {
9374     if ( horiz )
9375         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9376     if ( vert )
9377         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9378 }
9379
9380 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9381 {
9382     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9383 }
9384
9385 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9386 {
9387     if ( m_table )
9388     {
9389         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9390     }
9391     else
9392     {
9393         wxString s;
9394         s << row;
9395         return s;
9396     }
9397 }
9398
9399 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9400 {
9401     if ( m_table )
9402     {
9403         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9404     }
9405     else
9406     {
9407         wxString s;
9408         s << col;
9409         return s;
9410     }
9411 }
9412
9413 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9414 {
9415     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9416
9417     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9418     {
9419         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9420     }
9421
9422     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9423     {
9424         if ( width == 0 )
9425         {
9426             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9427             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9428         }
9429         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9430         {
9431             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9432             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9433                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9434         }
9435
9436         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9437         CalcWindowSizes();
9438         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9439     }
9440 }
9441
9442 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9443 {
9444     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9445
9446     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9447     {
9448         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9449     }
9450
9451     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9452     {
9453         if ( height == 0 )
9454         {
9455             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9456             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9457         }
9458         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9459         {
9460             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9461             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9462                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9463         }
9464
9465         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9466         CalcWindowSizes();
9467         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9468     }
9469 }
9470
9471 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9472 {
9473     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9474     {
9475         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9476         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9477         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9478         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9479
9480         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9481         {
9482             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9483             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9484             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9485         }
9486     }
9487 }
9488
9489 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9490 {
9491     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9492     {
9493         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9494         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9495         {
9496             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9497             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9498         }
9499     }
9500 }
9501
9502 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9503 {
9504     m_labelFont = font;
9505     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9506     {
9507         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9508         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9509     }
9510 }
9511
9512 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9513 {
9514     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9515     switch ( horiz )
9516     {
9517         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9518         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9519         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9520     }
9521
9522     switch ( vert )
9523     {
9524         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9525         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9526         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9527     }
9528
9529     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9530     {
9531         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9532     }
9533
9534     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9535     {
9536         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9537     }
9538
9539     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9540     {
9541         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9542     }
9543 }
9544
9545 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9546 {
9547     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9548     switch ( horiz )
9549     {
9550         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9551         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9552         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9553     }
9554
9555     switch ( vert )
9556     {
9557         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9558         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9559         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9560     }
9561
9562     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9563     {
9564         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9565     }
9566
9567     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9568     {
9569         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9570     }
9571
9572     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9573     {
9574         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9575     }
9576 }
9577
9578 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9579 //       does not support vertical printing
9580 //
9581 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9582 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9583 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9584 //
9585 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9586 {
9587     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9588         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9589
9590     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9591         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9592 }
9593
9594 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9595 {
9596     if ( m_table )
9597     {
9598         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9599         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9600         {
9601             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9602             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9603             {
9604                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9605                 rect.x = 0;
9606                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9607                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9608             }
9609         }
9610     }
9611 }
9612
9613 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9614 {
9615     if ( m_table )
9616     {
9617         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9618         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9619         {
9620             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9621             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9622             {
9623                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9624                 rect.y = 0;
9625                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9626                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9627             }
9628         }
9629     }
9630 }
9631
9632 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9633 {
9634     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9635     {
9636         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9637
9638         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9639         PrepareDC( dc );
9640         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9641     }
9642 }
9643
9644 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9645 {
9646     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9647     {
9648         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9649
9650         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9651         PrepareDC( dc );
9652         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9653         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9654         attr->DecRef();
9655     }
9656 }
9657
9658 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9659 {
9660     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9661     {
9662         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9663
9664         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9665         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9666         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9667         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9668         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9669             return;
9670
9671         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9672         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9673     }
9674 }
9675
9676 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9677 {
9678     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9679     {
9680         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9681
9682         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9683         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9684         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9685         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9686         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9687                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9688             return;
9689
9690         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9691         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9692     }
9693 }
9694
9695 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9696 {
9697     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9698     {
9699         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9700
9701         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9702         {
9703             if ( enable )
9704             {
9705                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9706                 PrepareDC( dc );
9707                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9708             }
9709             else
9710             {
9711                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9712             }
9713         }
9714     }
9715 }
9716
9717 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9718 {
9719     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9720 }
9721
9722 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9723 {
9724     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9725
9726     return GetRowHeight(row);
9727 }
9728
9729 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9730 {
9731     return m_defaultColWidth;
9732 }
9733
9734 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9735 {
9736     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9737
9738     return GetColWidth(col);
9739 }
9740
9741 // ============================================================================
9742 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9743 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9744 // ============================================================================
9745
9746 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9747 // setting default attributes
9748 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9749
9750 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9751 {
9752     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9753 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9754     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9755 #endif
9756 }
9757
9758 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9759 {
9760     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9761 }
9762
9763 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9764 {
9765     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9766 }
9767
9768 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9769 {
9770     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9771 }
9772
9773 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9774 {
9775     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9776 }
9777
9778 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9779 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9780 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9781 // work correctly.
9782
9783 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9784 {
9785     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9786                      renderer,
9787                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9788 }
9789
9790 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9791 {
9792     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9793                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9794                      editor);
9795 }
9796
9797 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9798 // access to the default attributes
9799 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9800
9801 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9802 {
9803     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9804 }
9805
9806 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9807 {
9808     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9809 }
9810
9811 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9812 {
9813     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9814 }
9815
9816 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9817 {
9818     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9819 }
9820
9821 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9822 {
9823     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9824 }
9825
9826 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9827 {
9828     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9829 }
9830
9831 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9832 {
9833     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9834 }
9835
9836 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9837 // access to cell attributes
9838 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9839
9840 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9841 {
9842     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9843     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9844     attr->DecRef();
9845
9846     return colour;
9847 }
9848
9849 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9850 {
9851     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9852     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9853     attr->DecRef();
9854
9855     return colour;
9856 }
9857
9858 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9859 {
9860     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9861     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9862     attr->DecRef();
9863
9864     return font;
9865 }
9866
9867 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9868 {
9869     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9870     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9871     attr->DecRef();
9872 }
9873
9874 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9875 {
9876     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9877     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9878     attr->DecRef();
9879
9880     return allow;
9881 }
9882
9883 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9884 {
9885     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9886     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9887     attr->DecRef();
9888 }
9889
9890 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9891 {
9892     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9893     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9894     attr->DecRef();
9895
9896     return renderer;
9897 }
9898
9899 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9900 {
9901     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9902     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9903     attr->DecRef();
9904
9905     return editor;
9906 }
9907
9908 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9909 {
9910     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9911     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9912     attr->DecRef();
9913
9914     return isReadOnly;
9915 }
9916
9917 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9918 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9919 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9920
9921 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9922 {
9923     if ( !m_table )
9924     {
9925         return false;
9926     }
9927
9928     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9929 }
9930
9931 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9932 {
9933     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9934     {
9935         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9936         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9937         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9938     }
9939 }
9940
9941 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9942 {
9943     if ( attr != NULL )
9944     {
9945         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9946
9947         self->ClearAttrCache();
9948         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9949         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9950         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9951         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9952     }
9953 }
9954
9955 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9956 {
9957     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9958     {
9959         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9960         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9961
9962 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9963         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9964 #endif
9965
9966         return true;
9967     }
9968     else
9969     {
9970 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9971         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9972 #endif
9973
9974         return false;
9975     }
9976 }
9977
9978 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9979 {
9980     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9981     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9982     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9983     if ( row >= 0 )
9984     {
9985         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9986         {
9987             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9988                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9989             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9990         }
9991     }
9992
9993     if (attr)
9994     {
9995         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9996     }
9997     else
9998     {
9999         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
10000         attr->IncRef();
10001     }
10002
10003     return attr;
10004 }
10005
10006 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10007 {
10008     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10009     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
10010
10011     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
10012     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
10013
10014     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
10015     if ( !attr )
10016     {
10017         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10018
10019         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
10020         attr->IncRef();
10021         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10022     }
10023
10024     return attr;
10025 }
10026
10027 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10028 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10029 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10030
10031 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10032 {
10033     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10034 }
10035
10036 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10037 {
10038     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10039 }
10040
10041 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10042 {
10043     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10044     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10045     {
10046         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10047     }
10048
10049     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10050 }
10051
10052 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10053 {
10054     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10055     if (!attr)
10056         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10057     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10058     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10059     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10060     attr->SetEditor(editor);
10061
10062     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10063
10064 }
10065
10066 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10067 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10068 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10069
10070 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10071 {
10072     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10073     {
10074         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10075         ClearAttrCache();
10076     }
10077     else
10078     {
10079         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10080     }
10081 }
10082
10083 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10084 {
10085     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10086     {
10087         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10088         ClearAttrCache();
10089     }
10090     else
10091     {
10092         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10093     }
10094 }
10095
10096 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10097 {
10098     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10099     {
10100         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10101         ClearAttrCache();
10102     }
10103     else
10104     {
10105         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10106     }
10107 }
10108
10109 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10110 {
10111     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10112     {
10113         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10114         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10115         attr->DecRef();
10116     }
10117 }
10118
10119 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10120 {
10121     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10122     {
10123         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10124         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10125         attr->DecRef();
10126     }
10127 }
10128
10129 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10130 {
10131     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10132     {
10133         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10134         attr->SetFont(font);
10135         attr->DecRef();
10136     }
10137 }
10138
10139 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10140 {
10141     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10142     {
10143         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10144         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10145         attr->DecRef();
10146     }
10147 }
10148
10149 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10150 {
10151     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10152     {
10153         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10154         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10155         attr->DecRef();
10156     }
10157 }
10158
10159 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10160 {
10161     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10162     {
10163         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10164
10165         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10166         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10167         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10168         attr->DecRef();
10169
10170         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10171         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10172         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10173         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10174         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10175                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10176         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10177                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10178
10179         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10180         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10181         {
10182             int i, j;
10183             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10184             {
10185                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10186                 {
10187                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10188                     {
10189                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10190                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10191                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10192                     }
10193                 }
10194             }
10195         }
10196
10197         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10198         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10199         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10200         {
10201             int i, j;
10202             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10203             {
10204                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10205                 {
10206                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10207                     {
10208                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10209                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10210                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10211                     }
10212                 }
10213             }
10214         }
10215     }
10216 }
10217
10218 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10219 {
10220     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10221     {
10222         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10223         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10224         attr->DecRef();
10225     }
10226 }
10227
10228 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10229 {
10230     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10231     {
10232         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10233         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10234         attr->DecRef();
10235     }
10236 }
10237
10238 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10239 {
10240     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10241     {
10242         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10243         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10244         attr->DecRef();
10245     }
10246 }
10247
10248 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10249 // Data type registration
10250 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10251
10252 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10253                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10254                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10255 {
10256     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10257 }
10258
10259
10260 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10261 {
10262     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10263     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10264 }
10265
10266 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10267 {
10268     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10269     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10270 }
10271
10272 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10273 {
10274     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10275     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10276     {
10277         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10278
10279         return NULL;
10280     }
10281
10282     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10283 }
10284
10285 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10286 {
10287     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10288     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10289     {
10290         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10291
10292         return NULL;
10293     }
10294
10295     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10296 }
10297
10298 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10299 // row/col size
10300 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10301
10302 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10303 {
10304     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10305 }
10306
10307 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10308 {
10309     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10310 }
10311
10312 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10313 {
10314     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10315 }
10316
10317 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10318 {
10319     m_canDragCell = enable;
10320 }
10321
10322 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10323 {
10324     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10325
10326     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10327     {
10328         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10329         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10330         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10331         // some speed optimisations)
10332         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10333         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10334         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10335             CalcDimensions();
10336     }
10337 }
10338
10339 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10340 {
10341     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10342
10343     // See comment in SetColSize
10344     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10345         return;
10346
10347     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10348     {
10349         // need to really create the array
10350         InitRowHeights();
10351     }
10352
10353     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10354     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10355
10356     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10357     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10358     {
10359         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10360     }
10361
10362     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10363         CalcDimensions();
10364 }
10365
10366 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10367 {
10368     // we dont allow zero default column width
10369     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10370
10371     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10372     {
10373         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10374         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10375         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10376         // some speed optimisations)
10377         m_colWidths.Empty();
10378         m_colRights.Empty();
10379         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10380             CalcDimensions();
10381     }
10382 }
10383
10384 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10385 {
10386     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10387
10388     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10389     //                                                                 (VZ)
10390     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10391     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10392     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10393     //
10394     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10395
10396     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10397         return;
10398
10399     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10400     {
10401         // need to really create the array
10402         InitColWidths();
10403     }
10404
10405     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10406     if ( width < 0 )
10407     {
10408         long w, h;
10409         wxArrayString lines;
10410         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10411         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10412         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10413         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10414         width = w + 6;
10415     }
10416
10417     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10418     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10419     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10420
10421     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10422     {
10423         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10424     }
10425
10426     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10427         CalcDimensions();
10428 }
10429
10430 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10431 {
10432     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10433     {
10434         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10435         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10436     }
10437 }
10438
10439 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10440 {
10441     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10442     {
10443         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10444         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10445     }
10446 }
10447
10448 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10449 {
10450     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10451     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10452
10453     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10454 }
10455
10456 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10457 {
10458     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10459     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10460
10461     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10462 }
10463
10464 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10465 {
10466     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10467     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10468     if ( width >= 0 )
10469         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10470 }
10471
10472 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10473 {
10474     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10475     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10476     if ( height >= 0 )
10477         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10478 }
10479
10480 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10481 {
10482     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10483 }
10484
10485 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10486 {
10487     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10488 }
10489
10490 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10491 // auto sizing
10492 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10493
10494 void
10495 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10496 {
10497     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10498
10499     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10500
10501     // cancel editing of cell
10502     HideCellEditControl();
10503     SaveEditControlValue();
10504
10505     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10506     int row = -1,
10507         col = -1;
10508     if ( column )
10509         col = colOrRow;
10510     else
10511         row = colOrRow;
10512
10513     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10514     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10515     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10516     {
10517         if ( column )
10518             row = rowOrCol;
10519         else
10520             col = rowOrCol;
10521
10522         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10523         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10524         if ( renderer )
10525         {
10526             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10527             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10528             if ( extent > extentMax )
10529                 extentMax = extent;
10530
10531             renderer->DecRef();
10532         }
10533
10534         attr->DecRef();
10535     }
10536
10537     // now also compare with the column label extent
10538     wxCoord w, h;
10539     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10540
10541     if ( column )
10542     {
10543         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10544         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10545             w = h;
10546     }
10547     else
10548         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10549
10550     extent = column ? w : h;
10551     if ( extent > extentMax )
10552         extentMax = extent;
10553
10554     if ( !extentMax )
10555     {
10556         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10557         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10558         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10559     }
10560     else
10561     {
10562         if ( column )
10563             // leave some space around text
10564             extentMax += 10;
10565         else
10566             extentMax += 6;
10567     }
10568
10569     if ( column )
10570     {
10571         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10572         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10573         // in SetColSize().
10574         if ( !setAsMin )
10575             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10576
10577         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10578         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10579         {
10580             int cw, ch, dummy;
10581             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10582             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10583             rect.y = 0;
10584             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10585             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10586             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10587             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10588         }
10589     }
10590     else
10591     {
10592         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10593         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10594         // in SetRowSize().
10595         if ( !setAsMin )
10596             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10597
10598         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10599         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10600         {
10601             int cw, ch, dummy;
10602             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10603             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10604             rect.x = 0;
10605             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10606             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10607             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10608             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10609         }
10610     }
10611
10612     if ( setAsMin )
10613     {
10614         if ( column )
10615             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10616         else
10617             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10618     }
10619 }
10620
10621 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10622 {
10623     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10624     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10625
10626     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10627                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10628     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10629
10630     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10631     //
10632     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10633     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10634     const bool
10635         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10636
10637     wxArrayString lines;
10638     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10639
10640     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10641     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10642     {
10643         lines.Clear();
10644
10645         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10646                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10647         StringToLines(label, lines);
10648
10649         long w, h;
10650         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10651
10652         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10653         if ( extent > extentMax )
10654             extentMax = extent;
10655     }
10656
10657     if ( !extentMax )
10658     {
10659         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10660         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10661         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10662                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10663     }
10664
10665     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10666     if ( calcRows )
10667         extentMax += 10;
10668     else
10669         extentMax += 6;
10670
10671     return extentMax;
10672 }
10673
10674 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10675 {
10676     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10677
10678     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10679     if(!calcOnly)
10680         locker.Create(this);
10681
10682     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10683     {
10684         if ( !calcOnly )
10685             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10686
10687         width += GetColWidth(col);
10688     }
10689
10690     return width;
10691 }
10692
10693 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10694 {
10695     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10696
10697     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10698     if(!calcOnly)
10699         locker.Create(this);
10700
10701     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10702     {
10703         if ( !calcOnly )
10704             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10705
10706         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10707     }
10708
10709     return height;
10710 }
10711
10712 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10713 {
10714     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10715
10716     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10717     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10718     // exactly to fit our contents
10719     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10720                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10721     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10722                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10723
10724     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10725     // extra white space
10726     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10727     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10728     {
10729         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10730         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10731         if ( diffPerCol )
10732         {
10733             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10734             {
10735                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10736             }
10737         }
10738
10739         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10740         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10741         if ( diff )
10742         {
10743             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10744             {
10745                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10746             }
10747         }
10748     }
10749
10750     // same for rows
10751     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10752     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10753     {
10754         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10755         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10756         if ( diffPerRow )
10757         {
10758             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10759             {
10760                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10761             }
10762         }
10763
10764         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10765         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10766         if ( diff )
10767         {
10768             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10769             {
10770                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10771             }
10772         }
10773     }
10774
10775     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10776     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10777     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10778     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10779     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10780 }
10781
10782 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10783 {
10784     wxArrayString lines;
10785     long w, h;
10786
10787     // Hide the edit control, so it
10788     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10789     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10790     {
10791         HideCellEditControl();
10792         SaveEditControlValue();
10793     }
10794
10795     // autosize row height depending on label text
10796     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10797     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10798     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10799     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10800         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10801     SetRowSize(row, h);
10802     ForceRefresh();
10803 }
10804
10805 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10806 {
10807     wxArrayString lines;
10808     long w, h;
10809
10810     // Hide the edit control, so it
10811     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10812     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10813     {
10814         HideCellEditControl();
10815         SaveEditControlValue();
10816     }
10817
10818     // autosize column width depending on label text
10819     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10820     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10821     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10822         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10823     else
10824         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10825     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10826         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10827     SetColSize(col, w);
10828     ForceRefresh();
10829 }
10830
10831 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10832 {
10833     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10834
10835     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10836     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10837     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10838                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10839     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10840                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10841
10842     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10843     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10844     // calculation.
10845     // CacheBestSize(size);
10846
10847     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10848             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10849 }
10850
10851 void wxGrid::Fit()
10852 {
10853     AutoSize();
10854 }
10855
10856 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10857 {
10858     return wxNullPen;
10859 }
10860
10861 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10862 // cell value accessor functions
10863 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10864
10865 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10866 {
10867     if ( m_table )
10868     {
10869         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10870         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10871         {
10872             int dummy;
10873             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10874             rect.x = 0;
10875             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10876             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10877             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10878         }
10879
10880         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10881              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10882              IsCellEditControlShown())
10883              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10884              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10885              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10886         {
10887             HideCellEditControl();
10888             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10889         }
10890     }
10891 }
10892
10893 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10894 // block, row and column selection
10895 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10896
10897 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10898 {
10899     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10900         ClearSelection();
10901
10902     if ( m_selection )
10903         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10904 }
10905
10906 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10907 {
10908     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10909         ClearSelection();
10910
10911     if ( m_selection )
10912         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10913 }
10914
10915 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10916                           bool addToSelected )
10917 {
10918     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10919         ClearSelection();
10920
10921     if ( m_selection )
10922         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10923                                   false, addToSelected );
10924 }
10925
10926 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10927 {
10928     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10929     {
10930         if ( m_selection )
10931             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10932     }
10933 }
10934
10935 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10936 // cell, row and col deselection
10937 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10938
10939 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10940 {
10941     if ( !m_selection )
10942         return;
10943
10944     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10945     {
10946         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10947             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10948     }
10949     else
10950     {
10951         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10952         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10953         {
10954             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10955                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10956         }
10957     }
10958 }
10959
10960 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10961 {
10962     if ( !m_selection )
10963         return;
10964
10965     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10966     {
10967         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10968             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10969     }
10970     else
10971     {
10972         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10973         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10974         {
10975             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10976                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10977         }
10978     }
10979 }
10980
10981 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10982 {
10983     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10984         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10985 }
10986
10987 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10988 {
10989     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10990              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10991                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10992 }
10993
10994 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10995 {
10996     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10997              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10998                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10999                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
11000                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
11001 }
11002
11003 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
11004 {
11005     if (!m_selection)
11006     {
11007         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11008         return a;
11009     }
11010
11011     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
11012 }
11013
11014 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
11015 {
11016     if (!m_selection)
11017     {
11018         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11019         return a;
11020     }
11021
11022     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
11023 }
11024
11025 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
11026 {
11027     if (!m_selection)
11028     {
11029         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11030         return a;
11031     }
11032
11033     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
11034 }
11035
11036 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
11037 {
11038     if (!m_selection)
11039     {
11040         wxArrayInt a;
11041         return a;
11042     }
11043
11044     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11045 }
11046
11047 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11048 {
11049     if (!m_selection)
11050     {
11051         wxArrayInt a;
11052         return a;
11053     }
11054
11055     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11056 }
11057
11058 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11059 {
11060     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_selectingTopLeft, m_selectingBottomRight);
11061     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
11062     m_selectingTopLeft =
11063     m_selectingBottomRight =
11064     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11065     Refresh( false, &r1 );
11066     Refresh( false, &r2 );
11067     if ( m_selection )
11068         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11069 }
11070
11071 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11072 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11073 //
11074 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11075                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11076 {
11077     wxRect resultRect;
11078     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11079     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11080     {
11081         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11082     }
11083     else
11084     {
11085         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11086     }
11087
11088     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11089     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11090     {
11091         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11092     }
11093     else
11094     {
11095         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11096         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11097     }
11098
11099     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11100     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11101     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11102     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11103     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11104
11105     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11106     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11107     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11108     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11109
11110     if (left > right)
11111     {
11112         int tmp = left;
11113         left = right;
11114         right = tmp;
11115
11116         tmp = leftCol;
11117         leftCol = rightCol;
11118         rightCol = tmp;
11119     }
11120
11121     if (top > bottom)
11122     {
11123         int tmp = top;
11124         top = bottom;
11125         bottom = tmp;
11126
11127         tmp = topRow;
11128         topRow = bottomRow;
11129         bottomRow = tmp;
11130     }
11131
11132     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11133     int cw, ch;
11134     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11135
11136     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11137     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11138     int gridOriginX = 0;
11139     int gridOriginY = 0;
11140     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11141
11142     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11143     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11144
11145     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11146     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11147
11148     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11149     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11150     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11151     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11152     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11153     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11154     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11155     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11156
11157     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11158     {
11159         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11160         {
11161             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11162                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11163             {
11164                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11165
11166                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11167                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11168                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11169                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11170                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11171                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11172                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11173                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11174             }
11175             else
11176             {
11177                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11178             }
11179         }
11180     }
11181
11182     // Convert to scrolled coords
11183     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11184     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11185
11186     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11187         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11188
11189     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11190     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11191     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11192     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11193
11194     return resultRect;
11195 }
11196
11197 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11198 // drop target
11199 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11200
11201 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11202
11203 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11204 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11205 {
11206     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11207 }
11208
11209 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11210
11211 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11212 // grid event classes
11213 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11214
11215 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11216
11217 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11218                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11219                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11220         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11221 {
11222     m_row = row;
11223     m_col = col;
11224     m_x = x;
11225     m_y = y;
11226     m_selecting = sel;
11227     m_control = control;
11228     m_shift = shift;
11229     m_alt = alt;
11230     m_meta = meta;
11231
11232     SetEventObject(obj);
11233 }
11234
11235
11236 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11237
11238 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11239                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11240                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11241         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11242 {
11243     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11244     m_x = x;
11245     m_y = y;
11246     m_control = control;
11247     m_shift = shift;
11248     m_alt = alt;
11249     m_meta = meta;
11250
11251     SetEventObject(obj);
11252 }
11253
11254
11255 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11256
11257 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11258                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11259                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11260                                                bool sel, bool control,
11261                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11262         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11263 {
11264     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11265     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11266     m_selecting = sel;
11267     m_control = control;
11268     m_shift = shift;
11269     m_alt = alt;
11270     m_meta = meta;
11271
11272     SetEventObject(obj);
11273 }
11274
11275
11276 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11277
11278 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11279                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11280                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11281     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11282 {
11283     SetEventObject(obj);
11284     m_row = row;
11285     m_col = col;
11286     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11287 }
11288
11289 #endif // wxUSE_GRID